Log of /branches/gage_dev
Directory Listing
Revision
6491 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 6 20:38:03 2010 UTC (2 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
cosmetic changes
Revision
6490 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 6 20:30:00 2010 UTC (2 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
various updates to macros.
removed defined(%hash) statements from Translator.pm (dumpvar) which
were bothering perl 5.12.2
Revision
6485 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 4 02:57:20 2010 UTC (2 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
more changes to support easy setup
Revision
6484 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 4 02:42:24 2010 UTC (2 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
added line for apache_server_url
Revision
6480 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 4 01:36:43 2010 UTC (2 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
changes to support easier setup
Revision
6479 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 4 01:27:56 2010 UTC (2 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
changes to support configuration of external editor
Revision
6478 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 4 01:22:28 2010 UTC (2 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
changes to configuration for external editor. Should make setup easier.
Revision
6477 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 4 01:21:29 2010 UTC (2 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
return highest grade if several instances of a quiz have been taken
Revision
6475 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 4 01:13:51 2010 UTC (2 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
made sure problem score is initialized in Translator.pm
fix spelling error in PGcore.pm
Revision
6470 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 13 15:19:17 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
modify configuration code for independent editor
Revision
6469 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 13 15:18:32 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
remove conflict chevrons from revision copy of Hardcopy.pm
Revision
6468 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 13 15:17:21 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
modify configuration code for independent editor
Revision
6465 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 00:42:38 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
-- nothing changed
Revision
6464 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 00:41:53 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
fixed formatting
Revision
6463 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 00:31:31 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
fix extra lines in PGalias.pm
fix? AnSwEr label problem in PGgraders.pl
Revision
6462 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 00:20:57 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
enable MathJax
Revision
6461 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 00:20:23 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
protect against bug in CGI.pm -- one of these two lines should work depending on verison of CGI.
the symptom is that when editing a student their permission level reverts to guest. It is because
the level of "student" is 0 and pop-up menu has difficulties dealing with that.
Revision
6460 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 00:18:43 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
catch bad calls to formatDateTime
Revision
6459 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 00:17:32 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
fixes merge errors in PGgraders.pl
fixes? an issue with determining answer labels when using PGcore.
Revision
6448 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 30 02:07:34 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
fixed a bug which prevented syntax errors from being reported properly because the
PGcore object would not be created in those circumstances.
Revision
6447 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 28 12:32:18 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
updated changes in Save and Save AS button from trunk
Revision
6445 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 28 00:17:00 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
removed some warning messages that are no longer needed.
Revision
6444 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 28 00:12:03 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Added to the grade_sets routine so that gateway quizzes can also have their grades returned
(e.g. to Moodle for replacement in the moodle grade book). The routine selects the grade
of the most recent version of a gateway test to use for the grade. It would be desirable
to have an option to return the maximum grade of the gateway test versions taken.
Revision
6443 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 28 00:03:21 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Factored out some of the grading aspects in Grades.pm and StudentProgress.pm
The grade_sets routines in those two files are not quite compatible yet but they are getting closer.
In tandem with this I also created a module for WebworkSOAP.pm which ships grades for gateway quizzes
to Moodle in addition to grades from homework sets. It chooses the last of the versioned sets
if one has taken more than one auiz. (A useful enhancement would be to change this to allow one to take the
maximum of the tests taken.)
In the process I commented out the "Ind" Indicator column in the displays since this does little except
confuse people.
There is still room for more consolidation among the grading routines in Grades.pm, StudentProgress.pm,
Scoring.pm and probably Statistics.pm and WebworkSOAP.pm
Revision
6442 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 24 20:04:43 2010 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
syncing with trunk. default for report bugs is now "ta"
Revision
6439 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 22 03:41:00 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
sync with trunk
Revision
6438 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 22 03:37:42 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
sync with trunk
Revision
6437 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 22 03:30:46 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
make parserMultiAnswer compatible with quiz mode by adding a quiz prefix to MuLtIaNsWeR
This way if there are two multianswer questions they will be distinguished by the quiz prefix.
Revision
6435 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 16 15:38:35 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Cleaning things up by replacing references to psvnNumber by psvn (which is less redundant)
Revision
6434 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 16 15:34:31 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Cleaning things up by replacing references to psvnNumber by psvn (which is less redundant)
Revision
6433 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 16 03:36:41 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
make changes to PGgraphmacros.pl and PGalias.pm to protect periods, commas and at
signs when creating links to pictures
add Arnie's changes to PGgraders.pl in trunk to gage_dev
Revision
6429 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 14 14:50:39 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
commit directory
Revision
6428 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 14 14:48:56 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
added mathJax code
Revision
6427 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 14 14:48:10 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
added mathJax code
Revision
6426 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 14 14:45:42 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
add mathJax code
Revision
6425 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 14 14:44:55 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
added mathJax code
Revision
6424 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 14 14:41:31 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
adding mathJax code
Revision
6423 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 14 14:40:24 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
catch bad calls to formatDateTime
Revision
6422 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 14 14:18:39 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
made sure that surePathToFile is called as a method
Revision
6414 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 7 20:16:48 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
This check keeps the gateway quiz from hanging when bad data has been entered.
This may not be the optimal fix.
Revision
6413 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 7 20:08:24 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
check "print student answers" by default.
Revision
6411 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 3 17:45:44 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
clarify comment
Revision
6410 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 3 17:43:52 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
added a warning if the Utils version of formatDateTime is called as a method.
Revision
6409 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 3 17:42:49 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
added comment to ProblemsSets.pm
changed calls in GatewayQuiz to uniformly call
the formatDateTime() in ContentGenerator.pm (by inheritance)
Revision
6403 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 2 15:25:58 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
changes to comments
Revision
6402 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 2 15:24:45 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
updating changes from trunk
Revision
6401 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 2 13:31:59 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
allow printStudentAnswers at any time (separated from showCorrectAnswers)
Revision
6400 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 1 18:46:45 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
publishing student answers in hardcopy quizzes
Revision
6399 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 1 18:45:30 2010 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
added closing script tag
Revision
6392 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 22 17:11:05 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
porting merges from trunk
Revision
6386 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 21 15:41:33 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
merge from trunk -- fixed findAppletCodebase
Revision
6385 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 21 15:40:09 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
merge changes from trunk
Revision
6384 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 21 15:24:59 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
added notes
Revision
6383 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 21 15:20:27 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
minor fixes about storing the PGcore object
postpone dealing with obtaining warnings from the grader operation
Revision
6382 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 21 15:15:31 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
replaced calls to PG_FLAGS with calls to
$main::PG->{flags}
Revision
6381 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 21 15:09:16 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
replace calls to PG_FLAGS with calls to
$main::PG->{flags}
This will work for now at least.
Revision
6380 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 21 15:07:55 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
moved install_problem_grader from PGanswermacros.pl to
PG.pl also set alias: current_problem_grader to the same routine
this can be used to get the current problem grader as well
as to set it.
Revision
6377 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 17 20:11:18 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
porting updates from trunk.
Added pass through methods to VectorFields.pm so that AUTOLOAD is not needed.
I missed this file the first time through.
Revision
6374 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 16 15:17:07 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
A better version of the maa_logo for this background
Revision
6370 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 15 03:18:34 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
changes to support geogebra applets
Revision
6369 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 15 03:17:23 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
changes to support preserving state for geogebra applets
Revision
6365 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 14 17:52:02 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
commit tree structure
Revision
6364 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 14 17:44:48 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Many changes have been made to the applet support ((particularly in the javaScript) to
insure that the state of the applet is stored and retreived "exactly" -- no matter how
funny the characters. This was harder than one might think.
Revision
6363 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 14 17:41:45 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Commiting a temporary hack fix for the @ISA issue (BOP::ISA) in WeBWorK.pm
Changed the method of storage of answers to use Storable -- this could cause
unknown glitches but so far is working well. It replaces an exceptionally grevious
hack we wrote for the original ww1.9 -- I left Sam's comments as he ported the code
for future generations to read. :-)
Many changes have been made to the applet support ((particularly in the javaScript) to
insure that the state of the applet is stored and retreived "exactly" -- no matter how
funny the characters. This was harder than one might think.
Revision
6362 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 13 00:10:27 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
removed conflict chevrons
Revision
6359 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 04:15:40 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
clear tree differences
Revision
6358 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 04:10:52 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
merged the feature which allows instructor to archive his own course (from trunk).
Revision
6357 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 04:01:31 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
minor syntactic change in the way that Matrices are addressed in PGanswermacros.pl
Prevents error messages when certain files are loaded before PGanswermacros.pl
Added support for type and visibility attributes for applets
Revision
6356 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 03:59:39 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Fixed minor bugs in fformatting the timestamp to conform to the local time zone.
Simplified use of formatDateTime
corrected address in the link to bugzilla
Revision
6347 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 12:50:14 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
commit changes from trunk
Revision
6345 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 12:35:35 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
committing libraries
Revision
6344 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 12:11:36 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
work on retarting_applet.
don't do submitAction when the applet isn't shown
Revision
6343 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 12:09:32 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
allow a parameter_string in addition to (and overriding) the parameter hash params.
Makes it easier to cut and paste a geogebra object from a webpage into a PG problem.
Revision
6342 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 03:10:44 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
This is a renaming of the List.pm module so that it doesn't conflict with the MathObjects List
Revision
6341 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 03:09:43 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Add check to see if there is an onInit function from the applet that will initialize
loading -- it indicates that the applet is completely initialized.
Revision
6340 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 03:06:55 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
commiting webwork2
Revision
6339 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 03:05:19 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
tweaks to make the API play nicely with geogebra. Wait for geogebra to
announce that it is initialized.
Revision
6338 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 00:42:22 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
commit minor changes which ococcurred while trying to prevent an error from being thrown
in setState. Eventually they stopped, but I'm not sure why.
Revision
6337 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 00:39:18 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
setting property to text/javascript so that we can use diff on it.
Revision
6336 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 00:37:21 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
version maa_logo.png
Revision
6335 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 00:36:36 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Added in MAA logog
Revision
6334 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 00:35:56 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Have the time stamp formatted to represent the local time zone of the course
rather than the server time zone
Revision
6333 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 00:34:48 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Allow the path for storing the archive file to be specified in the options parameter
Revision
6332 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 00:25:39 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
removed <form></form> from the comments. (Also in the previous update reverted
the tags for java applets back to <applets> instead of <object> -- it seems
safer --- at least with geogebra.
Revision
6331 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 00:18:09 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Remove all references to AUTOLOAD -- they cause trouble with new versions of the Safe compartment
and we dont' really need them -- they were just a convenience so that we didn't have to write out
pass through measures by hand.
Revision
6330 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 00:16:37 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
don't alter the correct_ans latex string if it is already some non-empty string.
This will allow the MathObject to construct a correct_ans latex string when it receives
the correct answer rather when the answer is being checked.
Revision
6325 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 01:42:14 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
improved version of findAppletCodebase.
addition of channels for communicating debug, warning and internal_warning messages
Revision
6324 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 01:38:26 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
merged upgrades from Trunk. better handling of typeset version of correct answer and better
version of Applet API
Revision
6323 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 01:36:59 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
add extra channels for reporting errors
Revision
6322 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 01:34:38 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
modifications so that the number of points plotted is not so flakey
Revision
6321 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 01:31:37 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
modifications to allow ie8 to function
- merged from trunk
Revision
6320 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 01:30:33 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Provide new channels for reporting warnings in Problem.pm, allow @ in user ids in DB.pm and clean up alarm for TIMEOUTS in Local.pm
Revision
6315 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 1 20:31:45 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
this now works mostly
issues:
for ie8 -- for java applets this sometimes fails (for example on reload) but not always -- timing issue?
for firefox -- this works for java and usually works for flash -- it fails to work for shift reload on flash
Revision
6314 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 1 19:02:37 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
This now works with ie8 and java but not yet with flash applets
Revision
6313 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 1 19:01:02 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
this now works on ie8 with java applets but not with flash applets
Revision
6312 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 1 18:59:59 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
this works with java applets but not yet with flash applets
Revision
6310 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 29 12:24:14 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Corrected typo which prevented the course names listed on the front page of admin from
being linked to their courses.
Revision
6307 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 01:00:12 2010 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
submitting Davide Cervone's fix to handle currency numbers that contain more than
one comma.
Revision
6304 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 22 20:42:23 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
corrected an issue in Problem.pm where answers which were not MathObjects didn't have a prepared
correct_ans_latex string. In this case use the unformatted correct_ans string instead
Revision
6302 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 22 15:14:15 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
removing line that was killing warning messages
Revision
6301 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 22 15:11:51 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
changes to support canvasobject
Revision
6300 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 22 14:59:59 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
updating changes for CanvasObject to the dev version
Revision
6299 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 22 14:46:58 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Copied from:
trunk revision 6298
test development branch
Revision
6298 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 21 23:01:05 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adding CanvasObject.pl for use in HTML5 input
Revision
6297 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 21 21:04:12 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added comments
Revision
6296 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 21 20:51:40 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added decode_base64 and encode_base64 routines for use in WW questions
Revision
6295 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 18 01:40:10 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Display correct_ans_latex_string in correct answer response (instead of non-TeX string)
Revision
6294 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 18 01:38:07 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added correct_ans_latex_string -> ... element to the answer hash for displaying the TeX version of the correct answer
Revision
6293 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 14 04:09:56 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
Mgage
Original Path:
trunk
backporting
Revision
6292 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 8 18:00:53 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
mgage
Original Path:
trunk
syncing cvn with changes made to the cvs
Revision
6291 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 8 17:50:22 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
mgage
Original Path:
trunk
syncing svn with the latest cvs updates
Revision
6290 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 31 23:22:15 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
attempted fix for finding applets automatically.
Revision
6289 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 31 18:41:40 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
brings the pg copy in line with the copy in NPL/macros/Union
Revision
6288 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 31 15:47:52 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Relax error checking on user_id. This allows user_id values to
look like set-level proctor ids (that is, to prepend set_id:
and append ,g), which isn't what we want for the user_id check
in most cases, but shouldn't be a significant difficulty. The
ideal is to know something about the set for which we're checking
the id, but that requires sending more information into DB than
we're sending now.
Revision
6287 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 31 15:35:33 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Back out previous commit; the semicolon flags a field that's set in
tandem with another.
Revision
6286 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 31 14:26:21 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct typo in set fields.
Revision
6285 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 29 12:43:20 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
check that a tex output actually exists before typesetting the correct answer.
This effort is still a hack. Problem.pm needs to be written from the ground up.
Revision
6284 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 28 21:29:48 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added tooltip for the answer preview -- this shows the actual entry -- with this we could get rid of the
first "parsed" entry in each row, saving some space. Something similar (but more complicated) would give
us a tooltip showing the typeset version of the correct answer. (We want the untypeset version to be
available for cutting and pasting when instructors are checking problems for correctness so the method ("title" attribute) used
for the answer preview won't work.
Revision
6283 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 28 21:25:44 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updating required modules.
Revision
6282 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 27 14:02:19 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct logical bug in GatewayQuiz module that didn't honor
time_limit_cap, gracefully deal with null values of problem_value
in the database (which occurs when creating a set from the Library
Browser), round reported allowed time (which may be useful when
time_limit_cap is specified).
Revision
6281 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 27 03:53:23 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
corrected typos.
Revision
6280 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 27 02:22:51 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
changed parts of LABELED_ANS (and PGcore::new) so that it properly handles the
QUIZ_PREFIX needed by gateway quizzes.
Revision
6279 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 25 23:48:02 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
removed extraneous line that temporarily fixed the not_null problem.
I believe the not_null problem has now been resolved in PGcore.pm
Revision
6278 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 25 22:47:52 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed the not_null bug? perhaps. Insure that the Exporter 'import' subroutine is available
in the BEGIN statement of PGcore
Revision
6277 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 25 22:22:27 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added Exporter to the inheritance tree of PGcore
Revision
6276 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 25 22:13:52 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
regularizing calls to no_null -- something puzzling is going on here
since it appears to work on some systems but not others.
Revision
6275 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 25 22:04:13 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Remove unneeded warning.
Revision
6274 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 25 18:22:12 2010 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
print problemSourceFile and problemSeed when the instructor is viewing a problem.
This enables the "temporary file" capability of the problem editor.
Revision
6273 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 20 12:48:22 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
remoed path to HughesHallett macros (this was redundant --- they are also under Michigan)
Revision
6272 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 20 12:11:23 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Insure that error files can be read from the web even if the files are served using
lighttpd and port 8080 instead of the main server.
This adds group readable and executable permissions to the working directory for creating the tex files.
Revision
6270 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 19 01:44:05 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added definition of sub check_user_id
Revision
6269 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 18 23:26:04 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a misplaced period in a flag name
Revision
6268 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 18 18:39:40 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Replace hard coded URL by $ce->{webworkURLs}{bugReporter}
Revision
6265 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 17 16:44:03 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Make the default locations of CAPA resources match the set up instructions. This was changed
previously but was lost on an update.
Revision
6264 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 15 19:38:49 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
commented out a warning about using RCORD_FORM_LABELS until
I can fix it properly -- it's used by ProblemRandomize for example.
Revision
6263 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 15 18:44:26 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
toned down the warning to avoid clogging the log file
Revision
6262 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 15 18:43:11 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
format change only.
Revision
6261 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 15 18:41:23 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added fixes to PGalias.pm and PGcore.pm related to using $self-> in contexts
where the binding was not as expected (e.g. in 'blah'. $self->{foobar} .'blah' )
Other minor fixes and improvements.
Revision
6260 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 15 18:22:35 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added useless reference to @LimitedPolynomial::BOP::ISA to the end of the dispatcher in WeBWorK.pm
to stop warning messages such as these:
[Sat May 15 14:33:35 2010] [warn] [client 127.0.0.1] [/webwork2/gage_course/test_set/6/] Can't locate package LimitedPolynomial::BOP for @LimitedPolynomial::BOP::power::ISA at /opt/webwork/webwork2/lib/Apache/WeBWorK.pm line 115., referer: http://localhost/webwork2/gage_course/test_set/6/
No explanation for the warning messages nor as to why this stops them.
contextLimitedVector.pl is similar and does not create similar warning messages.
Revision
6259 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 15 01:53:57 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug that interferec with constructing the correct path to a gif file
Revision
6258 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 21:30:29 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add FortLewis macros to macrosPath. Explain setting a specific timezone
Revision
6257 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 16:53:28 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
correct initialiazation problem for showPartialCorrectAnswers
Revision
6256 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 16:48:45 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the name of {PG_FLAGS} to {flags} for confomity
Revision
6255 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 15:44:55 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
inserted $self-> before directoryFromPath and surePathToTmpFile calls
Revision
6254 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 14:14:52 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
fixed an error in which surePathToTmp file wasn't prefixed by $self->
Revision
6252 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 12:31:19 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
remove extraneous warning signs.
Revision
6251 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 12:07:45 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
removed duplicate definition of not_null
Revision
6250 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 11:40:46 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a typo in num_cmp
Revision
6249 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 11:39:02 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
major update which adds objective methods to the basic code of PG.
HEAD should be considered more beta than usual for a few days until minor glitches
are shaken out.
new modules needed:
PGcore PGalias PGresource PGloadfiles PGanswergroup PGresponsegroup Tie::IxHash
Revision
6248 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 01:17:21 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
major update which adds objective methods to the basic code of PG.
HEAD should be considered more beta than usual for a few days until minor glitches
are shaken out.
new modules needed:
PGcore PGalias PGresource PGloadfiles PGanswergroup PGresponsegroup Tie::IxHash
Revision
6247 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 01:16:25 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
insure that MatrixReal1.pm is used
Revision
6246 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 01:15:38 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
minor formatting changes
Revision
6245 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 01:13:52 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
major update which adds objective methods to the basic code of PG.
HEAD should be considered more beta than usual for a few days until minor glitches
are shaken out.
new modules needed:
PGcore PGalias PGresource PGloadfiles PGanswergroup PGresponsegroup Tie::IxHash
dangerousMacros.pl is no longer used.
Revision
6244 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 01:07:37 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
major change to the base
major update which adds objective methods to the basic code of PG.
HEAD should be considered more beta than usual for a few days until minor glitches
are shaken out.
new modules needed:
PGcore PGalias PGresource PGloadfiles PGanswergroup PGresponsegroup Tie::IxHash
Revision
6243 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 01:01:49 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
back out of mistaken commit
Revision
6242 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 00:58:02 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
minor changes to configuration section
Revision
6241 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 00:56:02 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
work around for mysqldump bug (or bad documentation)
new version will work fine as long as only one defaults file is to be read.
Revision
6240 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 00:54:11 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
No longer need to preload PG.pl, dangerousMacros.pl and IO.pl
Revision
6239 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 00:52:48 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Try to catch user_id's with bad characters -- not sure this is successful yet.
Revision
6238 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 00:51:39 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
remove commented out cruft
Revision
6237 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 00:50:14 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
stop printing the problem path and the problem seed in hidden variables
students could use this to reverse engineer the problem using the library
website.
Revision
6236 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 00:48:58 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
minor variable name changes
Revision
6235 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 14 00:47:22 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
major update which adds objective methods to the basic code of PG.
HEAD should be considered more beta than usual for a few days until minor glitches
are shaken out.
new modules needed:
PGcore PGalias PGresource PGloadfiles PGanswergroup PGresponsegroup Tie::IxHash
Revision
6234 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 12 01:06:40 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Clarification updates on documentation.
Rearranged the configuration lines to emphasize what has to be customized.
Revision
6233 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 11 22:50:43 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
update clients to work with apache2 servers
update README
Revision
6232 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 11 15:44:40 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
remove =53 error
Revision
6231 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 11 15:44:05 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
updated to work with apache2 and the new html2xml
facility
Revision
6230 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 11 15:30:07 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
update to work with Apache2
Revision
6229 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 11 15:29:28 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
update WebworkWebservice to handle bin/renderProblem.pl
Revision
6228 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 11 15:27:08 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
add support for the xml2html features
Revision
6227 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 11 15:25:27 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
add xml2html feature
Revision
6226 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 27 02:09:04 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make penalties cumulative (they were supposed to be, but weren't
Revision
6225 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 27 02:00:37 2010 UTC (3 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Correct problem with documentation of GradeWithPenalty
Revision
6224 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Apr 22 00:59:24 2010 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adding help files authored by Paul Pearson
Revision
6223 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 14 14:26:12 2010 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure inherited formulas get the right variables
Revision
6222 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Apr 8 10:49:05 2010 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Since $self->{tree} is not inherited, cache it beforehand so that we
can use it afterward.
Revision
6221 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 3 20:28:25 2010 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added line so that if the dot_radius on a vector arrow is 0 then the dot is not drawn at all.
Revision
6220 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Apr 1 00:24:26 2010 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Back out of accidental commit of complex macros
Revision
6219 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Apr 1 00:21:45 2010 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Provide a limited context in which rational functions can be specified
Revision
6218 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Apr 1 00:21:01 2010 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make it easier to subclass this class for RationalFunction context, and fix a bug with the stict division check
Revision
6217 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 31 21:45:42 2010 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Remove unneeded parent class
Revision
6216 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 31 21:01:14 2010 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
New context for products of powers of polynomials
Revision
6215 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 29 13:59:36 2010 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Set main::problemSeed so images will refresh when the problem is re-seeded. Make changes made by professors acting as students only temporary changes
Revision
6214 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 23 00:26:03 2010 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add requirePureFraction flag and include more documentation
Revision
6213 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 22 11:01:55 2010 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add =< and => operators and flag to control whether they are allowed or not. Added more documentation
Revision
6212 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 21 01:29:53 2010 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring jsMath up to version 3.6e. Changes include:
* Changed the way IE is detected to be more robust for IE8 in its
various modes.
* More fixes for vertical and horizontal alignment in IE8 in all its
various modes, and in jsMath's various disoplay modes. More
thurough testing than with 3.6d, which introduced some problems in
some modes.
* Add <code> to the list of node types that are not scanned for
mathematics by the tex2math plugin.
* Updated the unicode fallback mode font tables for Mac and PC to
handle current font configurations better.
Revision
6211 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Mar 20 00:53:25 2010 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add id tag as well as name tag to HIDDEN_ANS_RULE
Revision
6210 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Mar 20 00:46:38 2010 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added id tags as well as name tags to input items
Revision
6209 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 17 14:08:46 2010 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring jsMath up to version 3.6d. Changes include:
* This release includes an important speed improvement. By
typesetting several equations before allowing the screen to update,
jsMath.Process() now processes pages several times faster than in
the past.
* Fixed a wrapping problem in Safari, Chrome, and FireFox, where
recent versions of these browsers could allow a math expression to
extend beyond the right margin on one line while leaving empty space
for it on the next line.
* Fixed the missing font message used when the noImageFonts plugin is
used so that it informs you that the unicode fonts are used rather
than image fonts.
* Fixed a problem where the jsMath button would not appear in the
correct location when a DOCTYPE triggers "standards" mode in MSIE.
* Worked around a bug in MSIE8 when a DOCTYPE triggers "standards"
mode that would cause some mathematics not to be properly aligned on
the baseline.
* Fixed a problem were a customized extra font warning message would
be overriden by jsMath/easy/load.js when the noImageFonts value was
set to 1. Also, the main font message is now adjusted in this case
to indicate that unicode fonts will be used rather than image fonts.
* Put <script> tag into lower case in easy/load.js for XHTML
compliance.
* Fixed a bug (introduced in version 3.6) with the smallFonts plugin
that prevented it from running.
* Remove support for BaKoMa fonts -- they are too unreliable and cause
problems now in Chrome as well as FireFox.
* Fixed a problem with the tex2math plugin that could cause the \\
terminator, when followed by an open parenthesis or bracket, to not
be processed properly.
Revision
6208 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Mar 13 01:09:08 2010 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with the signed number pattern that cause Real("4*3") to produce 4 rather than 12.
Revision
6207 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 22 13:54:02 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make inherit() properly not inherit the noinherit attributes from self
Revision
6206 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 11 02:31:52 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Backing out previous change. There is still a serious problem with this
file, although we hadn't fixed it.
Revision
6205 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 10 17:31:32 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fix a bug where problems produce a pink screen on checking answers. We
don't bother evaluating the student answer if it is empty.
Revision
6204 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 8 14:35:15 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure variable substitution has occured BEFORE switching the contexts (so we don't get an undefined variable message); contexts must agree in order to compare the two.
Revision
6203 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 8 14:31:40 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure makeValue set's the context, if requested
Revision
6202 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 8 13:56:09 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix up comments
Revision
6201 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 7 10:24:42 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected interpretation of 0 a/b (thanks to Adam Weyhaupt)
Revision
6200 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 1 14:51:35 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow formula to be point-valued (if promotePoints is 1)
Revision
6199 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 1 02:32:39 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
A few more changed to Reduced Credit documemtation
Revision
6198 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 1 02:22:34 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Replace "Reduced Scoring" by "Reduced Credit"
Revision
6197 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 1 01:57:56 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Replace "Reduced Scoring" by "Reduced Credit"
Revision
6196 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 1 01:49:15 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Rename Reduced Scoring Period to Reduced Credit Period
Revision
6195 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 1 01:33:05 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Replace "Reduced Scoring" by "Reduced Credit". Don't displat message after due date
Revision
6194 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 31 23:45:34 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Change "Reduced Scoring" to "Reduced Credit" and adjust message depending
on whether it is before or after the due date
Revision
6193 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 31 02:31:04 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add message about Reduced Credit if applicable
Revision
6192 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 29 10:52:10 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A context that allows students to enter any string
Revision
6191 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 27 12:00:46 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow error for correct answer but not student answer in getTypicalValue
Revision
6190 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 27 11:48:18 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow creation of test points with no errors
Revision
6189 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 27 11:44:18 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make Formula typeMatch work with test_points, and not produce error messages
Revision
6188 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 24 22:32:28 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed warning message for decimal numbers in no-decimal modes
Revision
6187 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 24 02:13:38 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed deletion of i,j,k which are not in the original Point context
Revision
6186 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 23 21:48:26 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrects bug (uncovered by newer versions of CGI.pm after version 3.29 and before 3.42) which defaulted
students to "guests" in the permission popup menu used for editing the student record. It showed up
only for student because there default value was 0 -- which can be treated ambiguously -- as opposed to
2 or 10 which is not.
Adding the override switch forces the default value generated in the perl code to override other default
values for the popupmenu and provides the expected behavior.
The default value is set as [$default] so that [0] is properly recognized. This notation is usually used to select several
defaults however just using $default did not work in CGI.pm 3.42.
This should fix the bug where students were mysteriously reassigned as guests and lost their "submit answer" buttons.
sites with older versions of CGI.pm will not have observed this problem.CVS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision
6185 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 23 16:39:35 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed wrong default value in comments
Revision
6184 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 23 16:38:59 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typos in comments
Revision
6183 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 23 16:38:03 2010 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Change ProperFractions to MixedNumbers in several parameters, but allow originals for backward compatibility
Revision
6182 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 11 18:33:43 2010 UTC (3 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
warning messages if timezone hasn't been defined correctly
Revision
6181 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 11 18:31:57 2010 UTC (3 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
correct typo
Revision
6180 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 11 18:28:13 2010 UTC (3 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fix to prevent the error messages that occur when the problem set has
not yet been assigned to a user.
Still a bit fragile and under tested but it at least stops the error
messages from being issued.
Revision
6179 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 7 18:02:53 2010 UTC (3 years, 4 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added macros to make it easier to have underlined text in a problem:
BUL and EUL
Revision
6178 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 3 17:13:46 2010 UTC (3 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
The buttons for setConfig and getConfig are only shown in the debug display
if those commands are defined and non-empty.
Likewise for the setState and getState buttons.
Revision
6177 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 3 17:11:37 2010 UTC (3 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added name TIMEOUT for the delay time between checking whether the applet is ready.
Revision
6176 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 22 03:30:09 2009 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
updates to make multiple selections work when repairs need to be made.
Revision
6175 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 22 02:47:20 2009 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added code which allows you to select multiple courses to archive.
Revision
6173 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 17 03:55:01 2009 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Minor change to PGProblemEditor.pm to define DEFAULT_SEED
Major bug fix for ProblemSetDetail (but 1725)
Enforces all files assigned in ProblemSetDetail module to be accessible
through the course temp directory.
Fix is one line change near, line 1576
Revision
6172 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 13 23:52:10 2009 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added back in accidentally removed log() function
Revision
6171 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 5 19:37:13 2009 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added missing comma
Revision
6170 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 5 19:33:57 2009 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Correct output for j vector in Vector2D context (obsolete)
Revision
6169 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 4 18:34:26 2009 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem when reading tags so that it will do a better job at skipping
extraneous tags, like HHSection.
Revision
6168 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 14 21:56:12 2009 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed PopUp to handle entries with arbitrary strings
Revision
6166 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 5 21:22:43 2009 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
In MySQL like state only find tables of the form coursename_* with the underscore
Revision
6165 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 5 13:15:16 2009 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
removed string of dots in reducedScoringValue specification
Revision
6164 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 5 13:00:43 2009 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added BEGIN_PGML and END_PGML
Revision
6163 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 5 12:58:37 2009 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
default PGcourse.pl file
added init_PGcourse subroutine to keep it from being loaded twice
Revision
6162 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 4 20:47:47 2009 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some incorrect spellings, and added round() and truncate()
methods to allow currency objects to remove extra decimal places.
Revision
6161 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 4 17:54:42 2009 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid unwanted error message in log file about redefining log() function
Revision
6160 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 4 17:14:45 2009 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix problem with useBaseTenLog in perl code
Revision
6159 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 2 22:19:57 2009 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Update Reduced Scoring documentation
Revision
6158 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 2 16:58:43 2009 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Allow reduced scoring to be enabled or disabled for individual assignments. Default is disabled.
Revision
6154 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 29 01:26:41 2009 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added helpFile for the syntax for entering answers -- including available functions
Revision
6153 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 26 16:03:52 2009 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
modifications which check that wwassignment objects are properly defined.
This is designed to prevent silent failures that were occuring when some of the
information in wwassignment objects (or in event log objects) was not defined.
This is an interim commit -- there are still some error_log messages which allow tracking
the correct behavior of the functions update_dirty_sets() and refresh_events()
These will be commented out once testing is complete
Revision
6152 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 26 16:01:06 2009 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
modifications in error messages and comments
Revision
6151 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 22 16:35:47 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Make the default locations of CAPA resources math the set uo instructions
Revision
6150 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 21 16:26:30 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Added Pod::WSDL to list of modules to check
Revision
6149 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 17 15:53:19 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Implement a Reduced Scoring Period. The Reduced Scoring Period is a period before the due date during which all additional work done by the student counts at a reduced rate.
Revision
6148 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 17 15:48:20 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Implement a Reduced Scoring Period. The Reduced Scoring Period is a period before the due date during which all additional work done by the student counts at a reduced rate.
Also clean up the LDAP section
Revision
6147 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 11 00:44:22 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
pod doc corrections
Revision
6146 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 10 13:43:52 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added comments and minor cleanup
Revision
6145 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 10 13:17:17 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A new context for chemical reactions
Revision
6144 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 9 20:17:13 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
mmhamric
Original Path:
trunk
Modified global.conf.dist to include the changes needed for LDAPS Binding.
Revision
6143 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 9 20:08:34 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
mmhamric
Original Path:
trunk
Updated LDAP.pm to work with LDAPS servers that require the usage of a binder account.
Revision
6142 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 8 19:44:00 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add new maco search paths
Revision
6141 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 7 14:39:19 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
fixed spelling error
Revision
6140 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 4 17:42:18 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
edited some pod documentation
Revision
6139 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 3 21:27:06 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
remove error message
Revision
6138 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 3 20:15:24 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed set name on calendar to moodle name instead of webwork name
Revision
6137 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 3 17:44:02 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added functions that refresh calendar events for the course.
Revision
6136 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 3 16:40:47 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle formula 'constants' properly
Revision
6135 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 3 16:40:09 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle variables in formula 'constants' properly
Revision
6134 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 3 16:39:42 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Reduction rule should be off by default
Revision
6133 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 3 15:58:49 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Accidentally had left 'prime' as
Revision
6132 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 2 17:44:54 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
New MathObject to implement differentiation via prime operator
Revision
6131 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 2 11:25:36 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
near final version of grade updating process. This has only two database
accesses per update and should be fairly fast.
It still puts a number of "reassuring" comments in the error log to let you
know what it is doing. We'll take these out later.
Revision
6130 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 2 02:24:08 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
only look at log records after the lastcron date
Revision
6129 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 2 01:52:03 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This is method only requires one database lookup to the log table per update
Revision
6128 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 1 23:54:06 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Correct the matching of the log info with the other data
improve the error log messages
Revision
6127 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 1 22:52:37 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
remove try clauses -- they didn't work on hosted, and presumably on other older php versions
Revision
6126 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 1 22:06:11 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle arbitrary variable names
Revision
6125 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 1 22:05:05 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
count {\rm } as a blank string
Revision
6124 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 1 21:28:46 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added some documentation
Revision
6123 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 1 21:25:01 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
modified the grade_users_sets() call so that it
returns the actual grade of the set (properly weighted by the value of each problem)
Revision
6122 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 1 21:18:59 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add upgrade_dirty_sets() function that only updates instances of wwassignment that
have been touched since the last cron job. Currently the grades are updated.
Revision
6121 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 1 21:17:51 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
log the cmid with along with everything else
Revision
6120 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 1 14:44:54 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
During substitution, remove cached values that could change
Revision
6119 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 1 14:12:06 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix problem with processing lists where a constant answer produces a computation error
Revision
6118 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 1 14:10:02 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix error message for powers of negatives
Revision
6117 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 1 14:09:03 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add LimitedProperFraction context, and some cosmetic fixes
Revision
6115 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 30 14:22:09 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrects bug (uncovered by newer versions of CGI.pm after version 3.29 and before 3.42) which defaulted
students to "guests" in the permission popup menu used for editing the student record. It showed up
only for student because there default value was 0 -- which can be treated ambiguously -- as opposed to
2 or 10 which is not.
Adding the override switch forces the default value generated in the perl code to override other default
values for the popupmenu and provides the expected behavior.
This should fix the bug where students were mysteriously reassigned as guests and lost their "submit answer" buttons.
sites with older versions of CGI.pm will not have observed this problem.
Revision
6114 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 25 00:39:49 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Hide from students most of the errors created when the hardcopy version can't be
TeX'd or created for some other reason. The professor still gets the errors.
A value in global.conf
download_hardcopy_view_errors =>"professor",
adjusts who sees the hardcopy errors. global.conf.dist has been changed to
include this entry.
Revision
6113 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 25 00:37:49 2009 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
removed sql_moodle as a choice on the add course page since that database structure
is no longer supported.
Added switch to global.conf for determining what level of permissions is needed to see hardcopy errors.
download_hardcopy_view_errors =>"professor",
Revision
6108 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 20 22:26:58 2009 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
fixed a left over conflict indicator
Revision
6107 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 20 22:26:09 2009 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added code which prevents anyone but an administrator from editing a wwlink Block.
(security feature -- inspired by Zig Fiedorwicz)
Revision
6106 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 20 22:02:04 2009 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Major changes are in
index.php which adds a column with the total number
of points for the homework set.
locallib.php which correctly calculates the points (using the actual weight assigned to the problem)
rather than just counting the number of problems.
the rest are minor changes and updates
Revision
6105 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 18 17:46:56 2009 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with domain errors
Revision
6104 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 16 10:59:38 2009 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix context() method to SET the context when one is passed
Revision
6101 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 6 01:07:59 2009 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
correct return behavior of wwclient->create_user to conform to its use.
The routine no returns the username that is created. With luck this will
fix a bug in which the first time one attempts to create a webwork assignment one received
a communication error message -- the second time (because the user had already been created)
it would succeed. Now it always appears to succeed the first time.
-- Mike
Revision
6098 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 29 16:18:49 2009 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
correct typo nessages in comment
Revision
6097 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 29 16:12:16 2009 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
This fixes the bug reported Blake Thornton
Hardcopy Error
by Blake Thornton - Thursday, 27 August 2009, 09:47 PM
# when students don't select any sets the size of @setIDs is 1 with a null character in $setIDs[0].
# when professors don't select any sets the size of @setIDs is 0.
# the following test "unless ((@setIDs) and ($setIDs[0] =~ /\S+/))" catches both cases and prevents
# warning nessages in the case of a professor's empty array.
Revision
6096 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 29 12:38:50 2009 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Allow users to specify default values for max_attempts and value of a problem
Revision
6095 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 29 12:21:57 2009 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Allow users to specify default values for max_attempts and value of a problem
Revision
6094 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 18 16:52:29 2009 UTC (3 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring jsMath up to version 3.6c. Changes include:
* The linux version of Firefox 3.5 doesn't seem to be able to read the
jsMath TeX fonts (probably due to the non-standard encoding), and so new
versions have been provided on the font download page for linux users.
* Fixed an error in the documentation for the autoload plugin that
incorrectly listed "checkElement" as "element".
* Made the autoload plugin use the same message box as the jsMath messages
so that it can be controlled by the same CSS settings.
* Fixed a subtle timing bug where multiple calls to jsMath.Process() could
cause math that autoloads an extension to be left as the source TeX code
rather than typeset.
* Fixed an error where jsMath could produce uncaught exceptions during the
loading of external files when those files could not be loaded properly.
JsMath now throws a proper error message rather than a custom exception.
* Set the jsMath/test/index.html file to not use image fallback, since that
might not be installed properly. This will allow you to test jsMath's
core functionality separately from the image fonts.
* Worked around a bug in MSIE where jsMath used in a frame of a frameset
would fail to load properly. This was due to jsMath's trying to
determine whether it is running in a frameset produced by the GoGlobal
button by changing the document domain to find one in common with the
global frame. MSIE gets confused about its security settings even when
the domain is set back to its original value. Since the GoGlobal feature
is rarely used, and since the domain detection is only needed when a page
is taken from a different machine within the same sub-domain (unlikely),
this test is disabled for MSIE. Other well-behaved browsers will still
perform the check.
* When a minimum font size is in effect, jsMath can mismeasure the heights
of superscripts and subscripts. The algorithm for determining these
values has been improved to handle minimum font sizes better, though it
is not perfect.
* Added CSS to avoid a bug in IE6 and IE7 when jsMath is used within a PRE
block.
* Worked around a problem where Safari and Chrome would not show negated
relations properly when the jsMath-TeX fonts are used (i.e., \not did not
work properly).
* Added an alert if the document has no HEAD section when one is needed to
handle the addition of stylesheets.
* Fixed a problem with MSIE where some characters could disappear when the
DOCTYPE triggers "standards" mode.
* Worked around another problem with Firefox 3.5's single-origin policy for
local files that would cause jsMath not to be able to load external
components.
Revision
6092 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 31 14:50:51 2009 UTC (3 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make fractions stringify with parentheses properly
Revision
6091 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 31 02:25:09 2009 UTC (3 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
handle negative fraction reductions
Revision
6090 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 31 01:51:44 2009 UTC (3 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
make reduce work with negative numbers
Revision
6089 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 30 20:40:31 2009 UTC (3 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
replaced %WeBWorK::SeedCE with
get_SeedCE($ce)
because, if the webwork server hasn't been run recently
%WeBWorK::SeedCE might not be defined.
and addcourse will fail
Revision
6088 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 23 13:52:56 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added buttons with onClick javaScript code that will
(1) Check all checkboxes in user list or in homework set list
or (2) uncheck all the checkboxes in user list or in homework set list
Revision
6086 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 18 02:52:51 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Aded effectivePermissionLevel to the PG environment
-- the permission level of the effectiveUser, the user to which the question has been assigned.
Changed the printing of the path to files in
beginproblem() so that it is shown if the effectivePermissionLevel is higher than
the "PRINT_FILE_NAMES_PERMISSION_LEVEL" value. This responds to user requests that make it easier for an
instructor to print hardcopy for the student.
Revision
6085 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 18 02:50:50 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added effectivePermissionLevel to the PG environment
-- the permission level of the effectiveUser, the user to which the question has been assigned.
Changed the printing of the path to files in beginproblem
so that it is shown if the effectivePermissionLevel is higher than
the "PRINT_FILE_NAMES_PERMISSION_LEVEL" value. This responds to user requests that make it easier for an
instructor to print hardcopy for the student.
Revision
6084 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 12 23:56:16 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added changes to the save modes:
prepend the suggested save string with local
add the choice of saving this to a new file and adding it on to the end of the current set.
Revision
6083 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 12 23:52:39 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added id tags and corrected some "FIXME" items
Revision
6082 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 12 23:48:00 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
defined not_blank() subroutine to check that string exists and is not blank.
Revision
6081 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 12 23:46:53 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added id's to links in the left margin
Revision
6080 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 12 23:39:20 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added id tags to most HTML entities defined in PGbasicmacros.pl
Revision
6079 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 12 23:38:12 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed how errors are caught in methodDefined() to prevent unneeded error messages in firefox
Made cosmetic corrections to how error messages are reported.
Revision
6078 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 12 23:37:10 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed how errors are caught in methodDefined() to prevent unneeded error messages in firefox
Made cosmetic corrections to how error messages are reported.
Revision
6074 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 7 18:19:43 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Skip over modelCourse in initial list of courses. Trying to create missing
directories lead to warnings and stating "Database tables ok" is misleading
Revision
6073 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 7 18:08:39 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add Union to the list of commented out problem libraries
Revision
6071 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 28 14:31:57 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed spelling errors
Revision
6070 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 26 00:58:52 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
syncing HEAD with webwork2.2.4.7 on 6/25/2009
Revision
6069 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 26 00:57:06 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
fixed hardcoded port number
Revision
6068 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 26 00:49:32 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
updating check_modules
Revision
6067 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 26 00:48:19 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
changing version number
Revision
6066 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 26 00:44:27 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
updating the link to the list of TimeZones
Revision
6059 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 25 23:33:26 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
add copyright to PGbasicmacros.pl
Revision
6058 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 25 23:28:44 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
syncing pg HEAD with pg2.4.7 on 6/25/2009
Revision
6054 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 25 17:28:00 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
update warning when initializeAction() is called (change to initializeWWquestion()
Revision
6053 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 25 17:26:46 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
replace initializeAction() with initializeWWquestion() in body tag
Revision
6052 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 25 14:51:10 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Change the "return applet to virgin state" button into a submit button so that the action takes place immediately rather than after entering
an answer
Revision
6051 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 25 14:49:16 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Update information to instructor about hints in the problem.
Revision
6050 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 25 14:47:54 2009 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
update helpfile instructions
Revision
6049 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 9 20:23:04 2009 UTC (3 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Only shorten the labels for display, not internally.\nPlus removed trailing spaces and fixed a typo in the javascript
Revision
6048 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 9 11:58:23 2009 UTC (3 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Put off adding % to label key until just before needed
Revision
6047 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 7 12:33:27 2009 UTC (3 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't do equivalence check if prefilters are erased
Revision
6046 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 4 13:29:59 2009 UTC (3 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
WWPlot: slightly better choice of dash-length and spacing for dashing
option on lines and arrows.
Revision
6045 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 4 02:00:35 2009 UTC (3 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
update applet support code
Revision
6043 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 4 01:37:44 2009 UTC (3 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
update certain tmp files for courses automatically -- this reduces the number of error messageswhen viewing old courses.
Revision
6042 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 4 01:36:51 2009 UTC (3 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
update certain tmp files for courses automatically -- this reduces the number of error messages
when viewing old courses.
Revision
6041 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 4 01:34:53 2009 UTC (3 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a feature which allows connection of "email instructor" feature to MathNerds.
Specifically the reference to the $pg object is passed back to the feedbackMacro as a parameter.
Revision
6040 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 4 01:33:15 2009 UTC (3 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a provision allowing "email instructor" button to MathNerds.
Revision
6039 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 3 21:17:13 2009 UTC (3 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
WWPlot: add a dashed option to lines and arrows
Revision
6038 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 3 19:24:25 2009 UTC (3 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
WWPlot: add arrowTo() method, support for width in lineTo()
Revision
6037 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun May 24 19:54:29 2009 UTC (4 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
make sure formulas are in the correct context
Revision
6036 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 28 18:20:56 2009 UTC (4 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
cumulative updates made while developing Applet.pm on hosted2
Revision
6034 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Apr 5 22:41:16 2009 UTC (4 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
remove number pattern so that strings can start with digits
Revision
6030 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 22 18:33:06 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
minor changes to refine the applet interface and to make
it work smoothly in both debuMode and non-debugMode
Also changed the name of the reset_button to the reinitialize_button
and the title the button carries
Revision
6028 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 22 18:31:38 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
refining the applet API
Revision
6027 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 22 10:57:08 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Have popup handle a context passed to its new() method, lik all other MathObjects
Revision
6026 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 15 19:25:03 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added documentation for applet API
added initialState to the instance variables
Revision
6025 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 10 20:58:46 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an extra paren that was causing problems.
Revision
6024 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 10 20:49:56 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
finish the conversion to setConfigAlias from configAlias
Revision
6023 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 10 20:48:51 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
complete the conversion from configAlias to setConfigAlias
Revision
6022 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 10 14:08:50 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix the context::Fraction::Real object so that new() and make() will
handle being passed a fraction as a string (since Value::makeValue()
will pass that to context::Fraction::Real->make() when it is given a
fraction as a string).
Revision
6021 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 10 12:10:36 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
replaced configAlias by setConfigAlias
receivedFieldName replaced by answerBoxName
Revision
6020 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 10 12:09:15 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added some comments about how to replace this functionality by using Contexts.
Revision
6019 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 10 12:07:47 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
refactored code using methodDefined()
converted configAlias to setConfigAlias
replaced debug by jsDebugMode (for now -- eventually we'll have a debug mode for each applet)
Revision
6018 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 5 01:14:05 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
make sure $permissionLevel is defined (since it was added recently)
Revision
6017 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 3 15:34:58 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected documentation (panic => panicked)
Revision
6016 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 1 22:56:23 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added grader information
Revision
6015 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 1 15:15:35 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
New macros for adding 'panic buttons' to get more hints
Revision
6014 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 24 23:58:13 2009 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Apply message conversion before adding position information
Revision
6013 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 19 16:35:26 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Cleaning up duplicated lines
Revision
6012 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 19 03:30:45 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
reset state preserving answer box to blank after restoring applet to virgin state.
Revision
6011 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 19 03:17:38 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected premature commit which contained a code hack for the macbook.
Revision
6010 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 19 03:05:14 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Minor cosmetic change
Revision
6009 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 19 03:04:22 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Additional support for debugging
Revision
6008 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 19 03:03:43 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Additional support for debugging -- including the ability to reset the applet to
it's virgin state.
Revision
6007 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 14 16:51:56 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Reverse the order in which site_info and login_info appear on the page.
Once again login_info appears first.
This was inadvertently switched when I updated Login a few days ago.
Revision
6006 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 12 20:04:10 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
changes to interface imported from the 2-4-patches code that didn't make it into head
Revision
6005 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 11 23:06:43 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Prevent extra dots from appearing in image names for TeX mode
Revision
6004 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 11 03:31:38 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to automatically create some directories -- so far only html_temp
when archiving the course.
Revision
6003 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 11 03:30:56 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to automatically create html_temp directory -- which is often missing if the
course hasn't been used when preparing course for archival.
Revision
6002 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 8 15:16:14 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added copyright notice
Revision
6001 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 8 03:29:24 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected typo
Applet.pm ww_applet_support.js AppletObject.pl and math/system.template should soon be up to date and synchronized
Revision
6000 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 8 01:07:42 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added an alert message to warn that some of the support files might not be up to date.
Revision
5999 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 7 23:41:59 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the function called when the WW question is submitted.
Revision
5998 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 7 23:12:57 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
javaScript support file for adding applets to WeBWorK.
Revision
5997 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 7 23:08:34 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
More code to check that the javaScript file is availabe.
Revision
5996 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 7 22:55:29 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo
Revision
5995 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 7 22:53:18 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
print warning if the javaScript file is not available.
Revision
5994 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 7 22:28:34 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Reworked support code for applets to use a more object oriented approach.
Revision
5993 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 7 22:27:29 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Reworked applet support code to use more object oriented approach.
Revision
5992 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 5 15:01:44 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed unused variable
Revision
5991 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 5 14:59:02 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed wording of a warning message
Revision
5990 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 5 14:57:48 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix inheritance to copy the tree rather than just the pointer. This
makes sure that the nodes point to the proper equation.
In the routine for adapting to parameters, check that the coefficient
matrix isn't singular, and try new random points if it is.
Revision
5989 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 5 14:55:26 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Minor changes
Revision
5988 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 5 14:53:57 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix inheritance so that text_values and test_adapt are preserved when
transferring to the stored copy of the adapted function. (These are
needed for the diagnostics output.) Use new Parser::Eval to avoid
ugliness in trying to trap errors in comparisons.
Revision
5987 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 4 15:21:08 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fix the sorting of days and weeks for output.
Revision
5986 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 4 03:15:51 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added code to check the directory structure of the courses (make sure all standard
directories are present and have rwx privileges available to the webserver.
No automatic repair of the directory structure is performed. (We'll see how annoying that is.)
Revision
5985 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 2 03:18:10 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Streamlined the course integrity checking
Revision
5984 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 28 17:07:08 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added submitActionScript option which allows you to add javaScript commands that
are executed when you submit the webwork question.
It's possible that this should replace submitActionAlias which hasn't really been implemented
yet.
Revision
5983 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 25 22:12:41 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Moving Exception handling to DB.pm from DB::Schema
Revision
5982 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 25 22:11:52 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Moving exception catching to DB.pm from Schema.pm
Revision
5981 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 25 22:11:07 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
moving exception catching to DB instead of DB::Schema
Revision
5980 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 25 21:31:38 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes which allow the rename function to also add new tables when renaming.
Updating fields is not yet implemented.
Revision
5979 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 25 15:32:13 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes to support archiving courses.
Revision
5978 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 25 15:29:37 2009 UTC (4 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes to support archiving and unarchiving courses
Revision
5977 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 20 18:54:56 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed incorrect parentheses being added when $showparens eq "same"
Revision
5976 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 19 18:50:45 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some typos in the comments.
Revision
5975 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 19 13:56:09 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed incorrect use of => when -> was intended.
Revision
5974 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 18 03:30:23 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
changes to support error checking when archiving
Revision
5973 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 18 03:25:37 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
changes to support increased error checking when archiving courses
Revision
5972 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 17 15:06:06 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid ambiguity with CORE::abs() versus overloaded abs().
Revision
5971 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 17 03:25:31 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed comment
Revision
5970 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 17 03:24:09 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error in hint() associated with always showing the instructor that
a hint exists.
Revision
5969 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 15 22:56:18 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Typo that prevented the context name from being set properly.
Revision
5968 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 15 13:11:23 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a typo in an error message.
Revision
5967 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 15 12:50:31 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make Ordering() break a string at > and = rather than assume the
variable names are single letters.
Revision
5966 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 14 13:39:47 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make the Prob. List. button inactive when used on an Undefined_Set
(i.e., in the Library Browser). This prevents an error page when an
instructor clicks on the button rather than going back to the Library
Browser page.
Revision
5965 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 14 03:57:50 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file implements a Fraction object for the MathObjects library.
See the comments in the file for details about how they work and how
to control the various options.
Revision
5964 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 13 01:38:03 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Simplify mechanism of maintaining the letters used in an ordering.
No need for the ugly hack to get around reducing to Value objects;
just leave the letters attached to the Value object rather than
deleting them.
Revision
5963 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 12 17:22:55 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a message for when the student answer does not include all the
letters used in the correct answer.
Revision
5962 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 12 15:13:40 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Produce error messages if a letter is used more than once in an ordering.
Revision
5961 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 11 19:51:51 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
When a parentheses have been removed, mark the enclosed item so that
we can tell later, if we need to know about the missing parens.
Revision
5960 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 11 15:04:36 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use the Package() method to create the ordering object, so that
ordering objects can be properly subclassed.
Revision
5959 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 10 19:36:51 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
New Context for handling ordered lists of letters like "D > A = C > B".
See the comments for details about how to use it.
Revision
5958 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 2 04:01:51 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added comments to file about where wwlink state is stored
Revision
5957 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 2 03:37:17 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
wwassignment_bridge table is not needed
Revision
5956 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 2 03:33:36 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
spell webwork right!
Revision
5955 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 2 03:24:52 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected xml code -- I had the previous and next fields incorrectly labeled when adding the grade field.
Revision
5954 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 1 03:56:39 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed \angle in safari.
Revision
5953 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 1 03:34:28 2009 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring to version 3.6b. Changes include:
* Fixed an error in the Unicode fallback tables for the PC (the "floor"
and "ceil" characters were reversed).
* Fixed a problem with MSIE where a relative URL used to obtain jsMath
from a server that requires a port number was not handled properly by
jsMath.
* Fixed a bug in which alignments could be clipped on the right in MSIE
under certain font-scaling conditions.
* Added an eqnarray* environment for consistency with other starred
environments, and made the eqn-number extension honor the star.
* Updated the bbox extension to avoid a problem with box widths not being
properly computed when \bbox commands are nested. Also the old version
was inefficient about typesetting the contents of the box (it was
performed twice, so nested boxes caused the processing to go up
exponentially). Finally, boxed elements now have superscripts and
subscripts applied to the box, rather than the contents of the box.
* Fixed a problem with how jsMath measures the heights of characters (by
removing an old hack that no longer appears to be necessary). This
improves spacing in \overline and other situations that are
height-sensitive.
* Fixed a bug introduced in v3.6a (by a typo) that would prevent processing
of mathematics within an \hbox.
* In v3.6, the method for handling the position:fixed bug in MSIE caused
type-in areas in forms to be difficult to select (due to another bug in
MSIE), so the solution had to be scaled back a bit. It now allows you to
override the horizontal position of the jsMath button and message box,
but you can't position it relative to the top of the window in MSIE.
Repositioning works fine in all other browsers. I'll keep working to see
if I can get around this.
* Properly detect the Google Chrome browser.
* Fixed \angle to not use unicode but rather construct it from the fonts
similar to how TeX does.
* Fixed bug where \char did not properly respect the current style (e.g.,
in scripts)
* Added a new macros field to the easy/load.js file that lets you define
custom macros automatically. (This is easier than having to make your
own local.js file.)
* Fixed a bug with \operatorname in the AMSmath package that incorrectly
handled the unstarred version of the operator in displayed math mode.
Revision
5952 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 30 14:05:30 2008 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Combined TeX and string into a common routine since the two were
nearly identical.
Revision
5951 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 30 08:18:24 2008 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Inequalities that are evaluated and turned into intervals now properly
retain the order of operands (x > 10 remains x > 10 rather than
becoming 10 < x).
Unions of the form "x < a or x > a" will be displayed as "x != a" instead,
and "a < x < b or b < x < c" will be shown as "a < x < c and x != b"
instead. This behavior is controlled by the showNotEquals context
flag. Setting it to zero prevents conversion of unions to their
not-equal forms.
Revision
5950 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 30 08:13:45 2008 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a final_period=>1 flag for PiecewiseFunction objects so that the
final condition will include a period (so that you can put a piecewise
function as the last thing in a sentence).
Revision
5949 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 30 00:41:40 2008 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed the name stored in the StrictFraction context (removed the
trailling s).
Revision
5948 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 29 02:14:32 2008 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The \s regular expression was matching newlines, and so newlines
around BEGIN_TEXT/END_TEXT (and other such constructs) were being
removed. This is OK when the problem runs correctly, but when an
error message is produced, the line number of the error report will
not correspond to the proper line number in the code listing.
Solution is to use [ \t] instead.
Revision
5947 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 22 05:18:26 2008 UTC (4 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added code to save/restore the images_created counts so that
on-the-fly graphics in more than one part will work properly.
Old data format is updated automatically to the new one, so problems
should continue to work even if they are already in use by students.
Revision
5946 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 19 16:49:20 2008 UTC (4 years, 6 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
PGProblemEditor.pm: protect against undefined globalSets, e.g., when
editing a problem in the Library Browser.
Revision
5945 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 19 15:42:16 2008 UTC (4 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug where if the student answer has an evaluation error
in a problem with adaptive parameters, the error message could
incorrectly be displayed in the message area. The correct behavior is
to mark the answer incorrect silently.
Also, properly report errors in correct answer under similar circumstances.
Revision
5944 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 19 04:39:43 2008 UTC (4 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
corrected formatting in POD documentation
Revision
5943 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 14 04:08:37 2008 UTC (4 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated ans_array and TeX methods so that Matrix arrays don't have an
extra blank line at the bottom. (There was an extra \cr that
shouldn't have been there.)
Revision
5941 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 21 17:52:43 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Clear the error message before checking the student's answer for errors.
Revision
5940 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 18 12:00:04 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added Base64.js for use with applets
Revision
5938 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 14 12:37:45 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The copy() method now does not copy values listed by the noinherit()
method (e.g., correct_ans, test_values, etc). This resolves bug #1528.
Revision
5935 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 11 01:29:04 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Update to version 3.6a of jsMath. Changes include:
* Worked around a problem with image fonts in Firefox3. The width of the
images were not being properly reported (even when specified
Killed by signal 2.MG tag's STYLE attribute) if the image wasn't
loaded from the server yet.
* Worked around a problem in IE8 when jsMath is loaded from the local
disk rather than from a server.
* Added more checks when jsMath.safeHBoxes is set to prevent additional
ways in which the user could have inserted HTML tags into \hbox
commands.
* Fixed a bug in the spriteImageFonts plugin that had been causing it to
fail in Firefox2 and earlier, Opera 9.2x and earlier, and all versions
of MSIE. It seems to have stopped working somewhere after version 3.4
of jsMath.
* Fixed a bug where newlines were not treated as spaces when scanning
for arguments of macros that require arguments.
* Fixed the eqn-number extension to handle \nonumber as a synonym for
\nolabel, and made the equation*, align*, and multline* environments
not produce equation numbers.
* Removed a debugging alert from the Firefox3 local-file code that was
accidentally left active in version 3.6.
Revision
5932 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 9 02:18:38 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Forward ports from rel-2-4-patches
Revision
5930 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 7 23:14:10 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use a compiled vesion of the MathObjects formula rather than the
less-efficient eval method. This should bring graphing speeds back in
line with the original non-MathObject version.
Revision
5929 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 7 23:12:06 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a routine to trap errors in a function call. I've needed this
for a long time, and got tired of working around the lack by hacks
involving PG_restricted_eval, which can't handle local variables from
the calling function. This addition is still safe because it is
passed code (not a string) and the code is already compiled in the
safe compartment, so it can't include the disallowed commands.
Now I need to go back to remove the hacks from the various pg/macros
files where they currently exist.
Revision
5928 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 3 13:20:51 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
corrected error in localib that left out the wwassignmentid when creating an event
Revision
5927 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 3 12:36:29 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow the perlFunction method to produce functions that return
formulas when not all the variables are used as arguments.
For example:
Formula("x+y")->perlFunction('f',['x']);
$f = f(2);
would produce the equivalent of
$f = Formula("2+y");
Using the substitute method is more efficient, but this now does the
right thing rather than generate error messages.
Revision
5926 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 3 03:22:19 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
corrected code updating events
Revision
5924 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 2 10:50:02 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
avoid side-effect of loading String context that sets the string
context to being the current context. (This fixes bug 1520)
Revision
5923 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 28 21:07:19 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added code that has the gradebook updated every 5 minutes (using the cron job)
Revision
5921 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 23 21:56:01 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix the check for equivalent answers so that it uses the limits and
other settings from the answer checker and the original formula
object.
Revision
5920 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 23 21:54:27 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Include a noinherit routine so that things like test_values and other
temporary items are not inheritted. Only things like limits and so on.
Revision
5919 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 23 21:52:56 2008 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle the no-inherit values better by deleting them from the copy
before inserting the ones from the original hash. That way, you don't
lose your copies of those values, you just don't inherit from the
given objects.
Revision
5917 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 21 18:06:19 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Protect against errors in student formula in the postfilter when
looking to determine the error message to give about the student
answer.
Use cmp_compare to do equality checks between objects (rather than the
hack that uses PG_restricted_eval).
Handle MathObjects in the test_points and test_at list better.
Revision
5916 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 21 18:01:17 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Report bad function calls in student Formulas (e.g., roots of
negatives), which used to be silently marked as incorrect. This is
done during the post-processing phase by calling the formula's reduce
method, which will return an error if there are illegal function calls
(or other errors).
Revision
5915 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 18 19:25:24 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix problem with using value method on an undefined value when the
point returned by the graphed funciton is undefined.
Revision
5914 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 16 03:23:54 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow graphs of single-variable functions in diagnostics.
Revision
5913 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 16 03:01:17 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow diagnostics to show the adapted function's values.
Revision
5912 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 15 15:35:34 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with inerhiting test points into the adapted formula
used for the comparison. In its context, the arbitrary constant is an
extra variable, and so extra coordinates have to be added to the test
points. This is now handled properly.
(It may be a good idea to make $f->removeConstant revert to the
original context of the formula rather than the modified one that
includes its constants, rather than having to adjust the test points
in that case.)
Revision
5911 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 14 00:30:18 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring up to version 3.6. Changes include:
* Added a new eqn-number extension that allows you to add equation
numbers to displayed equations via \label{xxx} and refer to those numbers
at other locations in the HTML page via \ref{xxx}. See the eqn-number
documentation for more details.
* Fixed more problems with Firefox3 and their new single-source security
policy for loading local files. (Previous attempts worked with pre-release
versions of Firefox3, but this works with the release version.)
* Worked around a print bug with Firefox3 where thin horizontal rules could
disappear in the printed version even though they appear on screen.
* Added CSS styles to make images in hypertext links within mathematics be
underlines when one of the image modes is in use.
* Added CSS to help isolate the control panel width from the CSS of the main
page.
* Added ability to put the mathematics within CDATA to help avoid problems
with <, > and & within the mathematics. For example:
<SPAN CLASS="math"><!--[CDATA[ x > y ]]--></SPAN>
Using <![CDATA[ ... ]]> without the -- does not work in some browsers.
* The tex2math plugin now processes the tex2math_ignore and
tex2math_process directives on an element even if there are other class
names included on the element as well.
* Fixed a bug with the autobold plugin in MSIE when certain fonts are used as
the default font.
* Enhanced the ability to preset the styles used by jsMath by making the
jsMath.styles entries be associative arrays rather than strings. This makes it
easy to change a single style setting: instead of retyping the entire string,
you simply set the style value that you are interested in changing.
* Fixed a problem where Safari3 would not be able to drag the TeX source
window produced by double-clicking on typeset mathematics.
* Added an option to control whether the @(...) construct is processed within
\hbox{} or not. This would allow arbitrary HTML tags to be inserted, which
poses a security risk for content-management systems where untrusted
users are entering data. The easy/load.js file now has a setting to control
this, and it is off by default, though it is on by default when loading
jsMath.js by hand. To turn it off by hand, set jsMath.safeHBoxes to 1.
* Added checks within the HTML extension that prevent the insertion of raw
HTML into jsMath equations.
* Added a jsMath.ProcessElement() call that allows you to process the
contents of a single element (of class "math") as TeX code directly. Note that
this call may return before the mathematics is actually finished typesetting.
See the page on dynamic math for more details.
* Modified the way jsMath works around the lack of support for position:fixed
in MSIE so that style changes for where the jsMath button and control panel
appear should work properly in MSIE.
* Removed the "Check for Updates" button from the jsMath Control Panel and
moved it to the jsMath/test/index.html page (since it is really an
administrator function, not a user function).
Revision
5907 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 12 21:53:52 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure flags set on the FormulaUpToConstant object are inherited by
the formulas used internally during the checking for equality.
Revision
5905 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 12 21:31:43 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Trap errors when comparing to student answer while trying to determine
the correct error message. This prevents extraneous warnings that
would confuse the student (and instructor).
Revision
5903 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 12 15:21:34 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure $attempts is properly defined
Revision
5902 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 12 14:33:55 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
forward port of change to 2-4-patches
Revision
5901 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 12 14:28:59 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
have hint always print hints for instructorsCVS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision
5897 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 11 17:26:57 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
BACKPORT: Fixed a problem where if two FormulaUpToConstant objects were used in
the same problem, the second would always be marked as incorrect.
(Subtle interplay of variable names in the safe compartment.)
Revision
5896 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 11 17:26:18 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem where if two FormulaUpToConstant objects were used in
the same problem, the second would always be marked as incorrect.
(Subtle interplay of variable names in the safe compartment.)
Revision
5894 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 8 15:20:39 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
read_whole_file was reporting the wrong routine name in its error messages.
Revision
5892 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 4 21:59:03 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Demote Real() results of Formula() evaluation back to Perl reals.
Revision
5891 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 3 02:32:13 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Only due dates are posted as events
Revision
5888 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 1 11:45:50 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't inherit the ColumnVector flag from Vector operands. (This fixes
a problem with using the result of matrix-vector multiplication
together with the ->ans_array method.)
Revision
5887 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 29 18:17:28 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
ProblemSetDetail: show ip restriction fields if set isn't assigned to
any users.
Revision
5885 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 28 00:56:27 2008 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updated simplifications of database calls in locallib.php
Revision
5883 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 24 03:03:32 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modified file to use the internal configuration of the wwlink block rather than
the data from wwassignment_bridge
The instance behavior needs more detailed warning message when no webwork course is connected
or when it does not have the desired course.
Revision
5882 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 24 03:00:25 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
wwlink now saves its configuration internally instead of using
the wwassignment_bridge table
Revision
5881 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 24 01:32:07 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Include code that allows blocks to be restored.
There is still some unneeded error reporting.
Revision
5880 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 24 01:27:57 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added changes that allow backup and restore
Revision
5878 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 21 19:59:01 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
removed commented out code.
put in filler code for user_complete
Revision
5877 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 21 19:58:01 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
removing javascript.php which was not being used.
Revision
5876 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 21 18:02:56 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This file has been moved inside the en_ut8 folder
Revision
5875 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 21 18:01:54 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added language file in location where moodle will look for it.
This file and its parent directories can be kept in the module
folder -- it doesn't need to be moved to the moodle/lang folder
Revision
5874 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 21 17:59:52 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Replacing config.html with settings.php to conform
with new module standards
Revision
5873 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 21 17:55:44 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
replacing the file config.html by settings.php
in accordance with new standards for modules
Revision
5868 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 12 16:27:51 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow commas in directory names :P
Revision
5867 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 11 14:02:34 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typos in comments.
Revision
5862 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 6 16:03:36 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Hardcopy.pm: bugfix to deal with empty values coming in for
a set's hide_score parameter.
Revision
5859 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 30 15:45:45 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Removed MIME::Parser from list of modules --- it's not used
Revision
5858 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 30 14:39:00 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Port rel-2-4-patches changes to Head
Revision
5857 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 30 14:29:02 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Port rel-2-4-patches changes to Head
Revision
5854 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 24 14:47:36 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
adds support for allowing professors to see paths to file names
Revision
5850 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 23 03:22:27 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
replace die by warn when dumping tables for archives.
This allows us to dump old courses that haven't been updated.
Revision
5847 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 14 15:43:06 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed documentation typos.
Revision
5846 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 10 15:00:31 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
ProblemSetDetail: correct typo in grouping set message, don't show
problem seeds for usersets of gateway assignments (because the seeds
there aren't used for anything; only the version's seeds matter).
Revision
5845 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 8 19:55:43 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
darnold
Original Path:
trunk
Modified the data types isn these files to encapsulate the data in a
SOAP string type.
Revision
5844 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 8 19:51:12 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
darnold
Original Path:
trunk
Modified so that the data type in the SOAP envelope is forced to be a
string.
Made some bug fixes to a few methods.
Revision
5843 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 8 15:13:18 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
forward port of bug fix in rel-2-4-5
Revision
5841 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 3 14:10:07 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
forward port correction in reporting AUTOLOAD error from rel-2-4-5
Take care,
Mike
VS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision
5840 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 2 17:16:10 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
forward port of typo correction in url
Revision
5838 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 2 16:56:43 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Edited:
# URL of WeBWorK handler. If WeBWorK is to be on the web server root,
use "". Note
# that using "" may not work so we suggest sticking with "/webwork2".
Revision
5837 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 1 14:10:09 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Added a "NPL Directory" button to the Library Browser giving access to
all the directories in the NPL
Revision
5836 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 1 13:18:52 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
SetMaker: update to make problems that are "tried" display according
to the assignment type of the selected set. We may want to back this
change out at some point: because the set type is determined when the
page is built, changing the selected set doesn't change how viewed
problems are displayed until the page is reloaded. I think the
behavior introduced by this patch is better than showing all problems
as homework problems, but it may be otherwise.
Revision
5835 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 1 13:13:27 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
ProblemSetDetail: fix sourcefile handling for gateway assignments
Revision
5834 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 1 13:12:56 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz: improve handling of unlikely circumstances.
Revision
5833 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 30 21:19:21 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo
Revision
5832 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 29 18:03:11 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Comment on why the "stylesheet" variable will not work properly
if one attempts to modify it in course.conf
.CVS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision
5828 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 28 20:29:14 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
format spaces
Revision
5826 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 28 19:27:31 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with Union answer checker where incorrect error messages
could be given when intervals needed to be checked for syntax
errors. Also fixed some comments.
Revision
5824 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 27 15:25:15 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug reported by Andrew Doe-stien: If WeBWorK is to be on the web
server root, use "/".
Revision
5821 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 27 01:32:05 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
adding welcome.msg to email
Revision
5818 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 27 01:23:03 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
moved from pg/macros
Revision
5817 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 27 01:22:13 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Moved to modelCourse/templates/setOrientation
Revision
5816 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 27 00:55:09 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
forward port file path printing from rel-2-4-5
Revision
5810 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 26 19:55:13 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
adding .css file for theme math2
Revision
5809 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 26 19:46:02 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
forward porting from rel-2-4-5
Revision
5805 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 26 18:47:01 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
edit to point to new locations for problems
Revision
5803 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 26 18:43:09 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
adding prob14 from setOrientation to modelCourse
Revision
5802 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 26 18:42:08 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Adding prob05 of setOrientation to modelCourse
Revision
5801 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 26 18:33:24 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Adding the Union setOrientation to the modle course
Revision
5797 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 26 17:18:30 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
forward port of rel-2-4-5
Revision
5793 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 26 14:56:50 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
forward ports from rel-2-4-5
Revision
5792 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 26 14:53:59 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Forward ports from rel-2-4-5
Revision
5789 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 25 20:06:48 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
remove attempt to set formatting with $#
causes bad warnings in perl 5.10.x
forward port from rel-2-4-patches
Revision
5787 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 25 19:46:38 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Added
no strict "refs"
to try to avoid new error checking in Perl 5.10.
Revision
5784 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 25 15:33:39 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
ContentGenerator: clean up and collect sidebar links for gateway
assignments.
Revision
5783 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 25 14:50:13 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Put verbiage into the file explaining what the file does
Revision
5781 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 25 14:43:16 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
PGProblemEditor: update to allow editing of gateway assignment problems.
Revision
5780 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 25 14:42:55 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
ProblemSetDetail: update edit/try links to work for gateway assignments.
Revision
5779 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 25 14:42:13 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Authz: allow set IDs of Undefined_Set for gateway assignments.
Revision
5778 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 25 14:41:40 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Utils::Tasks: add fake_set_version for previewing gateway assignments.
Revision
5777 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 25 14:41:00 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz: allow problem preview from problem editor. (Allows
input set as Undefined_Set and creates a fake one problem
assignment.)
Revision
5776 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 25 14:38:19 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
forward port from rel-2-4-patches
changed wording on registration text
Revision
5771 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 25 03:48:43 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
forward port of changes to rel-2-4-5
Revision
5758 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 24 22:54:04 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
forward port of changes in rel-2-4-5
Revision
5755 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 24 21:36:34 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Formatting
Revision
5754 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 24 21:36:19 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
forward port
of the rel-2-4-5 changes that allow BEGIN_HINT, etc.
Revision
5753 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 24 21:30:38 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
formatting changes
Revision
5747 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 24 17:14:55 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
updated version of template
Revision
5739 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 24 03:40:48 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
set default library to NPL
cosmetic changes
Revision
5738 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 24 03:39:39 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for math2 theme
Is the dvipng command supposed to have bgTr.... or bgtr...
Revision
5727 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 23 20:43:04 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Format preview email better. Make COL[] info line up. Also identify
preview user.
Revision
5726 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 23 20:01:21 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Stats: update to correctly read data for gateway assignments.
Revision
5725 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 23 19:59:54 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
StudentProgress: update test time display to reflect changes in
setting open_date/version_creation_time.
Revision
5724 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 23 19:59:01 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Instructor/Index: correct link sent when acting as a user on a
set to allow for gateway test assignments.
Revision
5723 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 23 19:58:11 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
ProblemSets: correct display of test times for gateway assignments,
allow link to take test before open date if instructors have that
permission level.
Revision
5722 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 23 19:57:02 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
UserDetail: finish set version editing code; correct handling of
template set and set versions.
Revision
5721 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 23 19:56:08 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
global.conf.dist: add permission levels to create and record data
for new set versions.
Revision
5720 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 23 19:54:46 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz: adds ability to create new set versions when acting as
a student, cleans up minimization of data saving.
Revision
5719 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 23 14:22:39 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Revise fields shown when editing set versions.
Revision
5718 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 23 14:22:15 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct handling of null max_attempts fields in the problem_user
database table.
Revision
5717 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 21 16:38:49 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added information on error in AUTOLOAD
Revision
5716 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 21 16:36:52 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Formatting changes.
Revision
5715 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 21 16:33:53 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Pass permissionLevel to the PG question environment
allows the question to behave differently if the actual viewer is an
instructor. (The effectiveUser is the student for whom the
question was constructed -- the user -- is the person viewing the problem
which might be the student or it might be an instructor acting as the student
The permissionLevel is the one assigned to the "user".
Revision
5714 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 21 16:27:51 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Give more information in error message.
Revision
5713 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 21 16:26:44 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Update version to 2.4.5
Revision
5712 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 20 19:55:21 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to minimize the data that are saved when a new version of a
gateway assignment is created. This allows things like set invisibility
to propagate to all set versions that have been created, and cleans
up the stored data.
Revision
5711 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 20 19:53:58 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Show versions of gateway assignments that have been taken by a user,
providing a mechanism for instructors to edit specific versions of the
assignments.
Revision
5710 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 20 19:52:55 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Allow instructors to edit versions of an assignment. This requires
that the input setID have ,vN appended, where N is the version number
to edit. The ability to edit and try problems from gateway tests
remains problematic, however.
Revision
5709 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 20 15:02:22 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make non-inheritance scheme more general, and include additional
values in the default list. (Still need to look through all the basic
objects to see what might not want to be inherited.)
Revision
5707 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 20 14:40:35 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
An experimental collection of macros designed as a first attempt
to make writing sequential problems easier (Davide Cervone principal author)
The rules for using these macros may well change as we gain experience writing
sequential problems. (See also PGsequentialmacros.pl for some additional, lower level tools.)
Revision
5706 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 20 02:49:33 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a ->cmp method for checking the answers.
It needs further improvement but it is a first
step toward making the List elements more
compatible with MathObjects.
The ->cmp method will be inherited by the
Select, Match and so forth objects
Revision
5705 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 19 19:34:31 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct message about time exceeded for gateway tests that are in
progress.
Revision
5704 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 19 19:05:00 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway cleanup: make mark correct function mark all set versions
correct for gateway tests, take max attempts option out of problem
selectors for gateways (this should be strictly a function of the
set-level versions_per_interval).
Revision
5703 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 19 12:30:04 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't inherit the correct_ans field when combining objects via binary operators.
Revision
5702 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 18 19:20:55 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Implement Danny Glin's fix for set_location entries being left when
a set was deleted.
Revision
5701 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 15 12:25:41 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Remove cached perlFunction when a substitution or reduction is made.
Revision
5700 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 15 12:24:08 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to assign to function names, like f(x)=x+1.
Revision
5699 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 15 03:54:01 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implements an assignment operator that can be used to force the
student to include the "y=" part of "y = 3x + 1" rather than having to
include the "y=" as part of the text of the problem. You can also
request lists of assignments, e.g., x = 1, x = -1, and the type of
object assigned can be any MathObject (e.g., vector, complex,
infinity, interval, whatever).
Revision
5698 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 14 23:14:33 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
New script for creating a special Nat. Problem Library file pointer
(i.e., a pg file which just tells webwork to use the contents of another
file).
Revision
5697 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 14 22:51:04 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix typo in changes for "no strict refs".
Revision
5696 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 14 12:14:21 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added
no strict "refs"
to try to avoid new error checking in Perl 5.10.
Revision
5695 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 14 11:56:02 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix typo in comments
Revision
5694 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 14 11:53:42 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use \verb rather than \text, since it will show more characters
properly, and will handle missmatched braces in student answers.
Revision
5693 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 14 11:52:26 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better check for constant formula.
Revision
5692 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 14 11:46:28 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure the previous answer is of the same MathObject class as the
object being checked (so the comparison is done by the right object).
This came up with the ImplicitEquation object).
Revision
5690 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 11 19:17:30 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
correct syntax error in BEGIN that caused a warning in Perl 5.10
Revision
5689 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 11 13:41:58 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Give practice users guest rather than student permission
Revision
5688 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 11 13:22:54 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected documentation for the ?{4.56:%0.2f} and !{4.5645:%0.2f} constructions --
their behavior had been reversed. Indicated that the !{ } construction is
deprecated since it behave just like {4.5645:%0.2f}
Revision
5687 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 3 02:36:17 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected error in modification to NPL
Revision
5686 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 3 02:33:38 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Lowered upper limit of path to 255
(can't use longer keys before mysql 5.0.3)
Revision
5685 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 28 20:01:27 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Insure that all grades are added to the gradebook each time an "update" of an assignment module
takes place. This is not perfect -- it would be better if grades were added to the gradebook
"automatically" -- but this gives a manual way of updating the gradebook for a given wwassignment.
Revision
5684 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 24 23:05:02 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Moved previous_equivalence_message filter to Formula object directly,
so it is no longer needed in the FUNCTION_CMP macro itself.
Revision
5683 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 24 02:34:08 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
removed code that tried to import all grades from webwork on upgrades
the moodle -- webwork link might not be made in which case this
operation would fail
Revision
5682 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 24 02:29:18 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
removed a hardwired "require" reference
Revision
5681 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 24 02:28:10 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
by defining the function footer() we eliminate a constant error message
Revision
5680 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 24 02:25:43 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Inserted commented out code that, when uncommented, will enable the WebworkSOAP interface
that communicates with Moodle.
Revision
5679 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 23 14:54:46 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Moved trim_spaces utility from AddUsers.pm to Utils.pm (data munger section)
CourseAdmin page now calls trim_spaces to clean up data entered when creating
a new course (spaces at beginning and end of entry are trimmed). This addresses
bug #1442
Revision
5678 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 23 14:51:03 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
modifications to the <body> tag and to the
submit tag so that applets are triggered upon submission of the
problem. This is still a work in progress -- the timing issues
with applets appear to be significant.
Revision
5677 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 22 19:17:10 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
minor changes to help with debugging
Revision
5676 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 22 19:15:59 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
minor changes to help with debugging.
Revision
5675 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 22 14:44:22 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
replaced wwassignment3 by wwassignment4
Revision
5674 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 22 14:36:25 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
wwassignment4 is a version of "bridge1" which is compatible with moodle 1.9 and webwork 2.4.x
It adds a new assignment like activity called wwassignment.
It works but does not yet have much testing and has the potential that
the webwork and moodle databases might get out of sync.
The structure is similar enough that it might eventually be a good idea
to implement it as a new assignment type.
Bridge2 adds a question type to the moodle quiz. It is requires a different
set of software
Revision
5673 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 17 13:55:57 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added error trapping so that large adaptive parameters will not cause
errors. These situations are silently reported as incorrect (though
potentially they COULD be correct, but that it unlikely).
Revision
5672 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 12 20:49:49 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added the ability to specify an order for the choices or push some
choices to the top or bottom.
Revision
5671 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 12 20:41:21 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
typo in symbol map metadata
Revision
5670 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 12 19:53:25 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
visual tweaks
Revision
5669 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 12 18:39:02 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added support for lexical variables, improved output formatting (YUI!)
Revision
5668 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 12 18:37:01 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
stylesheet for ww-symbol-map output
Revision
5667 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 12 00:50:24 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Uploading changes in the AppletObjects.pl and Applet.pm modules.
Revision
5666 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 9 11:55:17 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a few more cosmetic tweaks to the text and to the execution flow.
This registration is now acceptable except that the questions asked in the email
need to be examined more closely.
A later version might allow for automatic registration.
Revision
5665 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 9 00:42:24 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the message on the email message a bit.
Revision
5664 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 9 00:27:04 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a banner which asks users to register production servers.
Clicking on the "register button" brings up a page with a mailto: link.
and a "server site registered" button. Clicking on the mailto link brings
up the administrator's email application with suggested information to be emailed
to gage@math.rochester.edu (for now -- later we can replace this with an alias mail
address and eventually with some sort of form and a database for the recipient.)
Clicking on the "server site registered" button creates an empty file
courses/admin/registered_2.4.5
where 2.4.5 is the current version number found in WeBWorK.
if this file is present the "please register" banner goes away.
It's just a first cut at tackling this problem.
p
Revision
5663 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 8 00:37:31 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add "my" and "our" specifiers to ^variable definitions. (This breaks
compatibility with the current version of ww-symbol-map, but it is the
format that the upcoming version will use. I hope to commit that new
version soon but testing is taking longer than expected.)
Revision
5662 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 5 17:24:46 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
fix method of setting debug
Revision
5661 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 5 16:44:11 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Latest improvements for the Applet.pm and AppletObjects.pl files
Revision
5660 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 5 16:43:29 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Latest reworking of the Applets.pm and AppletObjects.pl files
Debugging and error reporting should be better now.
Revision
5659 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 5 16:42:17 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
speeling typo :-)
Revision
5658 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 3 17:43:29 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
markup for ww-symbol-map
Revision
5655 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 29 19:37:10 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
widen path field of NPL-path table to 4096 to acommodate longer paths.
linux's max path length is 4096.
Revision
5653 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 29 19:30:26 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
comment re: unused value rh_directories
Revision
5652 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 29 19:29:54 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
eliminate 'odd number of hash elements' error when showHints or
showSolutions are not checked.
Revision
5651 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 29 19:28:58 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added fake_user, cleaned up formatting, expanded functionality of
renderProblems
Revision
5650 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 29 19:28:08 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
commented out unused variable
Revision
5649 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 29 19:27:34 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
beginnings of lightweight problem renderer
Revision
5648 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 29 19:24:48 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added comments about future exception handling scheme
Revision
5646 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 29 19:07:13 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove stale pidfiles on stop
Revision
5645 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Apr 27 11:53:10 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Rolling back previous change of "\0 to \0 until further checking is done.
Revision
5644 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 26 23:13:59 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed join("\0",....) to join(\0, ....) since I'm pretty sure that what was desired
was a string separated by nulls. If one of the items in the list began with a number eg 14
you would get \014....\0name...\0 etc. I think \0name evaluates properly but I'm pretty
sure that \014 does not.
Revision
5643 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 26 23:07:02 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Moved placement of loadMacros(subfiles) to inside the
_PGanswermacros_init() subroutine. Even though the subfiles
do not have to be recompiled they do have to be reinitialized every time they are
used and calling loadMacros() is the appropriate way to insure this.
loadMacros() is smart about recompiling only if necessary.
Revision
5642 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 26 21:19:14 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
add reinitialize applet button to the standard installation to complement
reset state button.
CVS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision
5641 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 26 21:14:05 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug that would cause problem with checking previous answers if there
was not answer label provided to the answer evaluator.
Revision
5640 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 26 21:13:23 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications to pass answer label for previous answer. This still does not
provide correct functionality because the previous answer is an equation of the form
lhs = rhs while the form being passed to fun_cmp is lhs - rhs
Revision
5639 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 26 21:00:02 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
define ans_label slot in a new AnswerHash to be undefined.
Revision
5638 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 26 20:52:18 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
provide ans_label for the current answer being evaluated to
answer evaluator subroutines as well to AnswerEvaluator objects.
Revision
5637 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 22 11:44:27 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed references to "feedback" to "email instructor", "cancel email" and so
forth for consistency. This was in response to a suggestion by Bob Palais at
University of Utah.
-- Mike
Revision
5636 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 22 11:40:18 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug #1435 which prevented showHints and showSolutions from working.
Added -value =>1 to the checkbox items so that they return numeric
values rather than "on".
Revision
5635 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 22 02:02:30 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error in formatting comment
Revision
5634 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 15 04:41:17 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Edited the first three paragraphs describing why math objects are used.
(I also copied these paragraphs into the wiki itself in the "introduction to math objects" page.)
Revision
5633 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 14 23:29:53 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
documentation improvements
Revision
5632 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 14 23:12:44 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
This script is designed to scan PG macro files for documentation strings
that note where variables and functions are declared and used. it then
outputs an HTML which describes the uses/used-by relationships among
symbols. This will be useful in determining dependencies within PG when
cleaning up the language. Documentation strings are of the form
# ^key value
Any number of comment characters in a row are supported, and there may
be any amount of whitespace on either side of the comment character(s)
as well as between the key and the value.
Example:
# ^package Foo::Bar
package Foo::Bar;
# ^variable @hello
my @hello;
# ^function foo
# ^uses @hello
sub foo {
push @hello, @_;
}
Revision
5631 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 14 22:56:11 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
disable logmsg handling
Revision
5629 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Apr 4 19:22:30 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
When viewing a file-based problem library, don't show to problem
library's prefix in the "select a problem collection" popup. This can
significantly shorten the length of the options in that popup, making
them more managable.
Revision
5628 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 27 01:18:59 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Include aligned and gathered LaTeX environments.
Revision
5627 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 27 01:12:12 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring jsMath up to version 3.5. Changes include:
* Fixed a problem with the boldsymbol extension where it could leave the
fonts set to the bold fonts, so that all the rest of the mathematics on the
page would be in bold. (This would occur if a jsMath auxiliary file had to
be autoloaded by the \boldsymbol command.)
* Fixed a timing problem with easy/load.js when autoloading and tex2math
are both used (the default) that could cause some internal routines to run
in the wrong order.
* Fixed a problem in detecting a font size change in MSIE when the font
used at one location on the page is only slightly smaller or larger than
that used at the previous location.
* Added ability for extra fonts to specify how they are handled in
symbols-only image mode. This is used by the cmmib10 font to specify that
the italic letters should be handled by bold italic letters in the serif
font rather than by images, which was the old behaviour. You will need to
replace the jsMath/fonts/cmmib10/def.js file with the new one to take
advantage of this.
* Added a new autobold extension that allows jsMath to detect the presence
of a <B>...</B> tags (or CSS that sets font-weight:bold) surrounding the
mathematics and automatically apply \boldsymbol to the mathematics. Since
this requires the extra cmmib10 and cmmsy10 fonts, this is an extension
that you must activate yourself. See the autobold documentation for
details
* Implemented the \verb command for entering verbatim material. See the
verb extension documentation for details.
* Added aligned and gathered environments to the AMSmath plugin.
* Added equation and equation* environments. (Since tex2math now processes
LaTeX environments within the text of the page, it makes more sense to have
these defined.)
* Fixed a problem with \newcommand where it would reject
control-sequence names that included upper-case letters.
* Fixed a problem with the \font command where the control sequence would
be lost when the font was loaded (if it wasn't already loaded when the
\font command was issued).
* Fixed a timing bug with easy/load.js when there are files specified in
the loadFiles array. The bug only occurred with the Opera browser.
* Worked around a problem with Opera where the autoload plugin could hang
when trying to load the jsMath.js file.
* Worked around a spacing problem in IE7 where some elements in an array or
fraction could be misaligned.
* Worked around a problem in IE7 where accented characters could disappear
under some circumstances (particularly when they appear by themselves).
* Fixed a problem with Firefox3 where the control panel would not open.
* Firefox3's new single-origin policy restricts access to file outside the
currect directory when local files (i.e., file: URL's) are used. JsMath
now uses the new window.postMessage() facilty to work around this. If you
use window.postMessage() yourself you should be aware that jsMath is also
using window messages, and so you should be careful to properly identify
your own messages so as not to confuse them with the ones used by jsMath.
All messages used by jsMath will begin with jsMLD:, jsMCP:, or jsMAL: so
you can filter these out of our own message-processing code.
* Disabled the BaKoMa font processing in Firefox3 since jsMath no longer
works properly with those fonts in Firefox3.
Revision
5626 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 26 02:43:07 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug in base64Q subroutine
Revision
5625 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 26 02:42:20 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added more debugging code
Revision
5624 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 26 01:25:52 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modified method in which parameters are passed to
flash applets (uses FlashVars parameter )
Revision
5623 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 25 22:00:23 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
corrected typos in setState macros.
Revision
5622 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 25 21:59:06 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
cosmetic changes
some corrections on typos for setState subroutines.
Revision
5621 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 19 19:17:25 2008 UTC (5 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
formatting fix
Revision
5620 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 19 19:16:06 2008 UTC (5 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
For some reason we were distributing GPLv1 rather than GPLv2 -- weird!
Revision
5619 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 16 14:39:39 2008 UTC (5 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
New version of Applet.pm and AppletObjects.pl that supports both flashnew FlashApplet();
and java applets
new JavaApplet();
see pod docs in those two files for more details.
Revision
5618 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 16 14:39:14 2008 UTC (5 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
New version of Applet.pm and AppletObjects.pl that supports both flash
new FlashApplet();
and java applets
new JavaApplet();
see pod docs in those two files for more details.
Revision
5617 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 13 22:22:23 2008 UTC (5 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Add $feedback_by_section option:
# If this value is true, feedback will only be sent to users with the same
# section as the user initiating the feedback.
$feedback_by_section = 0;
Revision
5615 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 13 17:53:12 2008 UTC (5 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed the name of the transaction log
Revision
5613 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 4 15:43:44 2008 UTC (5 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Bring back the green bar, which some students appear to worship.
Revision
5611 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 4 22:58:11 2008 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
(1) require --dest-lib, don't accept "files ... dest-lib"
(2) add --check-names to warn if a file name will be changed
(3) added --help option, improve usage output
Revision
5610 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 4 22:56:23 2008 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
improve error reporting for list parsing
Revision
5609 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 4 22:55:23 2008 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added $mail{smtp_timeout} setting
Revision
5608 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 4 21:40:58 2008 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with variable patterns for variable names that are more
than one character long.
Revision
5607 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 31 14:26:45 2008 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed differentiation of log() function (it used to give an error
about undefined function D_ln).
Revision
5606 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 26 01:40:32 2008 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added trimTrailingZeros flag to allow values to print as $50 rather
than $50.00
Revision
5605 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 25 23:34:23 2008 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add "disabled" previous and next buttons so that a student who clicks
on the next button on the first problem and then clicks again
(expecting another next) doesn't get "up" by accident.
Revision
5604 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 25 23:33:05 2008 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
New images needed for disabled buttons.
Revision
5603 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 24 15:44:44 2008 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use monobook-like look and feel
fix some problems with indexing "module_version--subdir" dirs
Revision
5602 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 24 03:52:06 2008 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed posting of events to calendar.
For now only due date is posted -- that is probably all that is needed
Calendar is not updated until something triggers wwassign's update subroutine
The cron job will trigger this if nothing else does. Currently webwork cannot
trigger the update directly.
Revision
5601 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 16 22:56:24 2008 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure Currency() actually returns a Currency object (it used to
return a Real if one was passed to it).
Revision
5600 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 16 22:51:52 2008 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure that real and complex values have their contexts changed if
one is specified in the call to new().
Revision
5599 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 14 18:09:31 2008 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Fix dropped last value in problem definition lines when importing from
a set definition file.
Revision
5598 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 8 14:44:04 2008 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
fixed spelling of received :-)
Revision
5597 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 3 15:17:40 2008 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug. Pass variables in $foo = FlashApplet(...) to the actual applet creator
Revision
5596 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 24 01:31:51 2007 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added check for Exception::Class
Revision
5595 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 20 00:08:17 2007 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
remove \ensuremath
from around the output. I don't think it will work properly (although it might have worked with LatexToHTML)
Revision
5594 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 20 00:04:39 2007 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updated documentation. Fixed a hard coded reference in the DEFAULT_OBJECT_TEXT.
Added getQE(name) for referencing HTML elements in PG questions.
Added listQuestionElements() for discovering the names/ids of input HTML elements in PG questions.
Revision
5593 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 3 22:32:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected spelling in pod documents.
Revision
5592 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 2 14:19:50 2007 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem where intervals minus sets containing more than one
point were not being handled properly.
Revision
5591 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 26 17:58:28 2007 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add mg as a mass unit. Hopefully the fact that this wasn't here before
is an oddity rather than indicating that I'm screwing something up.
Revision
5590 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 20 15:04:47 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Make VectorField plotting honor setting of x_steps and y_steps.
Revision
5589 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 15 12:31:50 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
When two sets are added, combine them rather than form a union.
(This allows Inequailities context to report errors better when
student answers are of the form x=a or x=b.)
Revision
5588 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 15 12:30:47 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Do the reduction check on sets when they are compared (to see if there
are repeated values, for example).
Revision
5587 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 15 12:29:06 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Produce error messages when the student enters something like x=1 or x=1.
Revision
5586 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 10 21:48:22 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected typo in string answer evaluators (affecting blank answers mainly)
Removed FIXME note from PGnumericevaluators.pl
Revision
5585 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 10 20:55:23 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Made changes in the way the default values for answer evaluators are set.
(They were frequently undefined.)
We now get them from the envir variable which seems to work. For example:
$functAbsTolDefault = PG_restricted_eval(q/$envir{functAbsTolDefault}/);
Revision
5584 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 8 00:00:15 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Split answer evaluators into several new files, based on the type of
answer being evaluated. The answer evaluators are fully documented, but
the rest of the functions in PGanswermacros.pl still need docs. This
still needs to be tested a bunch before it's ready for prime time.
Revision
5583 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 6 16:47:19 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added some further documentation pointing out the workaround to make
flash objects embedded within forms (as all objects in a PG problem are)
work with IE.
-- Mike
Revision
5582 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 6 16:45:28 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Provides front end for Applet.pm.
To use applets add loadMacros("AppletObjects.pl")
to the top of your PG problem file.
$applet = FlashApplet();
gets you started. There is reasonable POD documentation in this file including a working problem
for the ExternalInterface.swf flash object.
-- Mike
Revision
5581 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 6 16:23:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
When (-x)*y or x*(-y) reductions are performed, don't print extra
parentheses in string and TeX version. I.e., display as -xy not
-(xy). This makes reduction with polynomials work better.
Revision
5580 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 6 16:19:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't reduce -ax+b to b-ax in polynomial contexts.
Revision
5579 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 6 15:49:03 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem introduced in the previous version where an error is
reported about undefined values used in addition.
Revision
5578 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 5 16:45:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This version of Applet.pm now works with IE.
More documentation and features are forth coming
but it is ready for some experimental use by those
developing Applets.
Revision
5577 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 5 15:01:12 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring jsMath to version 3.4f:
* Fixed a problem with the \bbox extension where the sizes of boxed
items in super- and subscripts was incorrectly set, and where super-
and subscripts for large operators that are boxed might be placed
incorrectly.
* Version 3.4e arranged for tex2math to recognize
\begin{xxx}...\end{xxx} outside of math mode. It incorrectly placed
the environment into in-line math mode rather than display mode. This
had been corrected.
* One more attempt to work around alignment problems with MSIE with a
DOCTYPE that triggers "standards" mode. I think I finally found the
real problem, and was able to remove several hacks that were not
completely effective.
Revision
5576 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 31 01:40:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make numbers be considered coefficients of x^0 in singlePowers mode,
not just LimitedPolynomial-Strict context. For LimitedPolynomials
with singlePowers set to 1, you can still do addition in the
constant term by using parentheses, e.g. 4x^2 + (3+4).
Revision
5575 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 31 01:34:11 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix LimitedPolynomial-Strict to check for singlePowers (there was a
typo) and to consider constants to be coefficients of x^0.
Give better error messages in some cases.
Revision
5574 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 30 15:57:04 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Preliminary version of Applet.pm which will provide a uniform interface
for including FlashApplets (eventually other applets) in a webwork
problem. This remains experimental so the interface will probably
change.
Revision
5573 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 29 02:33:27 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications PGgraphicsmacros.pl suggested by Davide Cervone.
1. Don't load MathObjects (since this causes conflicts if the webwork
question also uses Matrices as well as GraphObjects).
(This incompatibility is itself a bug, but not one we can solve immediately.)
2. Make sure that the variable is defined by defining the new rule in a local
context and insuring that the variable is defined.
(Unfortunately we don't have the original Formula, just the normalString created by the Formula
so we won't be able to guarantee the same context that created the original Formula. However
we can get the current context and add the independent variable if it is missing.)
3. Evaluate using Parser::Evaluate so that the errors are trapped if the input is
not in the domain of definition of the function.
-------
A reasonable next step would be to define plot_formula with syntax something like
plot_formula($formula, domain=>[0,10],color=>'red',weight=>2)
which could take further advantage of the MathObjects paradigm, but we'll probably
have to find a more robust solution to the Matrix confusion at the same time.
--Mike
Revision
5572 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 28 16:55:13 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Cosmetic fixes to global.conf
Change blankProblem.pg to blankProblem2.pg to take advantage of the
new MathObject paradigm in the blankProblem template.
Revision
5571 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 28 16:50:39 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modified this blankProblem2.pg to use more MathObject techniques.
You can make this the default problem template by adjusting the
reference to blankProblem in global.conf
Revision
5570 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 28 16:33:36 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added explicit loadMacros("MathObject.pl") to
handle webwork questions which don't use math objects
for any other purpose other than graphs.
CVS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision
5569 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 27 14:13:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed plot_functions so that it uses the Formula MathObject to parse the
the function in
$f1 = qq! x^2 - 3*x + 45 for x in [0, 45) using color:red and weight:2!
instead of using the built in perl parser.
This allows things such as $formula=Formula("|x|");
$f1 = qq! $formula for x in [0, 45) using color:red and weight:2!
to be evaluated. There should be no apparent change to old problems
since the Formula MathObject parser handles a superset of the builtin perl parser syntax.
This is not yet the most efficient method to have GraphObjects and
Formula's interact since the same string is being recompiled several times,
but it is a useful hack which preserves backward compatibility.
Revision
5568 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 25 17:11:59 2007 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
new/improved documentation
Revision
5567 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 22 20:32:38 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
actually do the file copies, added --pretend and --verbose options.
Revision
5566 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 21 12:12:55 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with ordered=>"strict" in number_list_cmp()
Revision
5565 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 17 16:58:12 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use WEBWORK_ROOT to find libdir (not FindBin)
Revision
5564 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 17 16:56:16 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Useful tools for managing NPL-style tags in PG problems.
These tools were developed in the course of managing the Rogawski
problem library for W.H.Freeman:
lib/WeBWorK/NPL.pm - Useful routines for parsing and writing PG tags
format as well as the Textbooks file format. Also contains a routine
gen_find_tags which generates a "wanted" function for File::Find that
finds files that match a certain tags specification. As of now, editing
of tags is somewhat limited -- a facility for appending tags to the end
of the tag block is given, which should be sufficient for adding a new
textbook to existing files.
The tag parsing routine is all new, and should be somewhat more robust
and harder to abuse. One notable improvement is that it can handle
escaped single quotes within values, making it possible to say things
like:
## DBsection('L\'Hospital\'s Rule')
However, the stricter value parsing makes it reject some broken values
already in the NPL. In the case of KEYWORDS, if a parse error is
encountered it will fall back on the old keyword parsing method. This
could be extended to other values if need be.
bin/pg-find-tags - Prints file names for files that match specifications
given on the command line. Good demo of how to use gen_find_tags. Can be
easily modified to perform other tasks.
bin/pg-append-textbook-tags - Appends tags for a new textbook to the end
of the tag block in an already-tagged file.
bin/pg-pull - Pull files from an existing library into a new library.
Directory and file names for the new library can be generated from the
tags in the problem (and optionally use the names from a Textbooks
file). We use this to pull Rogawski-tagged NPL problems out for separate
distribution. This script has some annoying limitations right now --
read the comments.
Revision
5563 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 16 18:12:21 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added more units.
Revision
5562 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 16 17:58:43 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added amps to units help page.
Revision
5561 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 15 15:55:16 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
support hints and solutions in the library browser
Revision
5559 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 8 19:31:42 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
If the system is using mysql to store image depths, we update the
database when deleting images. More specifically, we keep a depth
in the database iff we kept the image.
Revision
5558 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 4 16:57:34 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
typo
Revision
5557 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 4 16:41:07 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
documentation cleanup
Revision
5556 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 4 16:40:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added standard copyright/license header
Revision
5555 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 3 19:47:42 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed indentation of verbatim paragraphs: now using hard tabs
exclusively. the downside of this is that these get rendered as
eight-column tabs.
Revision
5554 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 3 19:30:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed some POD errors, indentation
Revision
5553 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 3 18:47:43 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
reformatted documentation for the rest of the MathObjects-related macros
Revision
5552 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 2 22:57:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed name message
Revision
5551 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 2 20:48:05 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
improved formatting for docs -- these were in pod sections but were all
formatted as verbatim sections, and i moved them into normal paragraphs,
lists, etc. should make things more readable from the web.
Revision
5550 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 2 20:27:44 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove each dest dir before regenerating docs
Revision
5549 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 2 20:11:00 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
uncommented things that were commented out for debugging
Revision
5548 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 2 20:09:47 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added master index for all modules/versions
Revision
5547 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 2 18:48:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
...but don't require podpp
Revision
5546 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 2 18:46:56 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
improve subdir handling, code to call podpp, maybe other things
Revision
5545 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 30 11:18:39 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't use dollar signs in the TeX output, since BEGIN_TEXT/END_TEX
does command substitution then variable substitution then math, so
\{$f->TeX\} would insert dollars, which would then be substituted as
variables.
Revision
5544 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 30 01:40:27 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring jsMath to version 3.4e:
* Added ability for the tex2math to find LaTeX environments of the
form \begin{xxx}...\end{xxx} outside of math mode. This is enabled by
default for jsMath.ConvertLaTeX(), and can be enabled in the
easy/load.js by setting the processLaTeXenvironments value to 1 (now
the default).
* Fixed issues with loading a local copy of jsMath in MSIE.
Apparently, MSIE considers xmlHttpRequest calls for local files to be
access violations, even when the calling file is also local, and so
MSIE needs to use the non-xmlHttpRequest fallback method when loading
jsMath locally.
* Worked around a long-standing issue with MSIE where elements that
are positioned using backwards skips could be clipped in some
circumstances. In particular, the Chapter 18 commutative diagram now
displays correctly, as do exponents that have been adjusted to the
left. This was a vexing MSIE bug that is good to finally have worked
around.
* Fixed a problem with placement of accents in some situations (the
italic correction was not being applied properly).
* Worked around bug in MSIE where the \vec vector arrow was being
clipped at the right.
* Worked around bug in MSIE where \mapsto and \longmapsto were
displayed incorrectly (space appeared between the arrow and the tail).
Revision
5543 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 28 23:58:02 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow inequalities to include infinity and -infinity (so you can enter
-inf < x < inf to get all reals).
Revision
5542 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 28 23:37:12 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Changed DEBUG to 0
Revision
5541 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 28 23:24:52 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem where the context was not properly maintained when
intervals are combined.
Revision
5540 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 28 00:33:46 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added MathObjects examples from webwork2/doc/parser
Revision
5539 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 28 00:23:44 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
converted basic mathobjects docs to POD
Revision
5538 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 28 00:15:37 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
converted to pod
Revision
5537 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 26 17:18:42 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
never got anywhere with this, unfortunately
Revision
5536 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 26 16:09:41 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added GD perl module as a prerequisite
Revision
5535 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 26 02:15:29 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Localize the $ans variable (rather than incorrectly using a closure).
Revision
5534 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 25 23:00:18 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
generate a top-level index file listing all PODs
Revision
5533 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 25 17:43:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't pass --subdirs is there are no subdirectories to search
Revision
5532 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 25 17:42:12 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
handle files that are not in a subdirectory of the source root dir
Revision
5531 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 25 17:32:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
re-set path to work on devel
Revision
5530 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 25 16:52:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
utility to check out sources from CVS and generate HTML from POD.
Revision
5529 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 25 16:49:19 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
utility to convert a tree of POD docs into HTML. unlike wwdocs2html,
this program enables linking between files.
Revision
5528 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 25 02:23:35 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New config
Revision
5527 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 25 02:19:59 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Better errors
Revision
5526 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 25 02:19:23 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added Events
Revision
5525 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 24 23:12:27 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Documentation
Revision
5524 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 24 22:50:56 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Code revision
Revision
5523 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 24 22:45:38 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Major code refactoring
Revision
5522 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 24 22:45:07 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Code refactoring
Revision
5521 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 24 22:44:36 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Major Code Refactoring
Revision
5520 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 24 22:33:16 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Update the List() object to not add "(" and ")" around the list unless
they are explicitly entered by the author. This prevents extraneous
parentheses from being introduced into the problem text that the
author hadn't expected.
Parentheses now are added only for nested lists, as in
List(1,List(2,3)), which will display as "1, (2, 3)", not "1, 2, 3".
Revision
5519 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 21 00:25:19 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Combining wwlink and wwassignment with new setup file.
Revision
5518 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 20 22:47:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Adds a new context that is more limited by not allowing operations
within the coefficients and exponents themselves. Access this context
using
Context("LimitedPolynomial-Strict");
Revision
5517 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 20 18:02:24 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make adaptive parameters try again if they fail to be found the first
time (Gavin has found cases where the random points cause the
coefficient matrix to be singular, so a second try should resolve the
problem).
Revision
5516 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 19 15:47:38 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected $userdata->emailaddress to $userdata->email so that the email
address is passed correctly to webwork.
Added a list of FIXES that are needed in this subroutine so that
group information is translated into section and recitation data
in webwork.
Revision
5515 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 19 12:11:39 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
One last change to make hardcopy work properly.
Revision
5514 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 19 12:06:09 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure comma's are represented correctly in TeX mode. (They need
to be enclosed in braces to get the spacing right.)
Revision
5513 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 19 12:01:56 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This was accidentally removed in the last update. OOPS!
Revision
5512 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 19 11:58:05 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle TeX special characters better when used as the currency
symbol. (Quote them when displayMode is TeX.)
Revision
5511 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 15 14:45:22 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Cosmetic changes.
Revision
5510 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 15 14:44:03 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Reduce -0 to 0.
Revision
5509 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 15 00:56:51 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Formula objects and Context objects contain reference loops, which
prevent them from being freed properly by perl when they are no longer
needed. This is a source of an important memory leak in WeBWorK. The
problem has been fixed by using Scalar::Util::weaken for these
recursive references, so these objects can be freed properly when they
go out of scope. This should cause an improvement in the memory usage
of the httpd child processes.
Revision
5508 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 14 16:11:27 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add webwork image as favicon to the standard distribution.
The favicon produces the small web image that appears in the
browser's url entry window at the top of the page.
Revision
5507 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 14 15:21:54 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Bug fix. Both the proctored test template and all taken versions of the
test were being dropped from the ProblemSets page when the user didn't
have the auth level to view proctored tests.
Revision
5505 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 13 00:38:11 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New README
Revision
5504 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 13 00:36:36 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New setup instructions
Revision
5503 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 13 00:28:35 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
5502 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 12 15:44:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed linking Errors
Revision
5501 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 12 15:26:55 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Inline with UNIX standards
Revision
5500 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 12 15:23:19 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
In line with UNIX standard
Revision
5499 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 12 15:19:58 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Updated README for setup.pl
Revision
5498 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 12 15:18:05 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed Errors with stagnant config.php file.
Revision
5497 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 12 15:15:41 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added Robust Installation Script
Revision
5496 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 12 15:05:07 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct logic error for showing correct answers with respect to
hiding scores et al.
Revision
5495 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 11 23:53:37 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Base file for configuration
Revision
5494 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 11 23:30:58 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Changing setup script to its own directory.
Revision
5493 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 11 23:09:39 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
5492 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 11 22:59:13 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
5491 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 11 22:53:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New CVS directory structure
Revision
5490 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 11 22:29:00 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Help Files Initial Add
Revision
5489 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 11 22:27:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Help Files
Revision
5488 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 11 20:12:32 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
showPartialCorrectAnswers support.
Revision
5487 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 11 20:11:26 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New Unit Testing, ensures proper setup.
Revision
5486 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 11 20:10:03 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Version .4 Partial Answer Questions now supported
Revision
5485 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 11 14:07:51 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A couple of syntax issues.
Revision
5484 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 10 23:21:24 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't factor negatives out of multiple terms at once.
Revision
5483 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 10 17:49:57 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Enabled Warnings
Revision
5482 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 10 17:49:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed Bugs
Revision
5481 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 10 17:18:39 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Fix bug
Revision
5480 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 10 17:07:59 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Test Files
Revision
5479 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 9 21:18:23 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
More robust installation script. Finds support programs automagically and installs
CPAN modules as necessary.
Revision
5478 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 9 18:32:03 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New configuration file.
Revision
5477 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 9 02:53:16 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
5476 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 9 02:43:02 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Version 3 Released.
Revision
5475 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 8 22:54:17 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Report error messages correctly when ijk notation is involved and
ijkAnyDimension is set.
Revision
5474 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 8 22:30:40 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use ijkAnyDimension in the check for parallel vectors as well.
Revision
5473 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 8 22:27:02 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Had the inequality going the wrong way. OOPS!
Revision
5472 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 8 22:24:06 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make vectors that are creates using ijk notation remain in ijk
notation when displayed. (This is easy now that objects produced by
combining others inherit the parent objects' flags.)
Added another context flag (ijkAnyDimension) that controls whether
vectors in ijk notation will conform to whatever dimension is used by
the vector they are being compared to. When set, i+2*j will equal
<1,2> even though i and j are vectors in 3-space. The value of
ijkAnyDimension is 1 by default.
This eliminates the need for the Vector2D context.
Revision
5471 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 8 21:46:52 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make copies of the components rather than just copying the pointers.
Revision
5470 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 8 21:44:43 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
No longer need to change the order of the data, since
Value::Interval->make() now handles the alternative order.
Revision
5469 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 8 21:35:21 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed an experiment that I accidentally left in during the last commit.
Revision
5468 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 8 21:33:53 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The make() method now inherits all the settings of the parent object,
so that flags set by the user (e.g., tolerances, periods, and so on)
will be passed on as new objects are created. For example, in
$x = Real(1)=>with(tolerance=>.0001);
$y = sin($x);
$y will also have tolerance set to .0001.
This also applies to binary operations, where the result will now
inherit all the values of either operand, with the left-hand operand
taking precedence when they both have a flag set but to different
values.
This is a significant change, and there may be unforeseen side effects
that I'll have to take care of as they appear. It passes my test
suite, however, so I'm hoping they will be limited.
Revision
5467 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 8 21:25:06 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow interval data to be given in more forms (eg, (a,b,"(",")") in
addition to ("(",a,b,")"), since that is the order that the value()
method returns the data.)
Revision
5466 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 8 21:15:16 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix DOS and Mac line endings, and make the detection of non-text files
a little more strict (DOS files were being marked as non-text).
Also, localize the file handles.
Revision
5465 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 8 01:05:54 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed "click here" link surrounding the iframe inside which webwork appears.
The link now opens the webwork page as intended.
Revision
5464 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 7 14:18:30 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Derivatives of absolute values were leaving out the chain rule when
written as |...| (but not as abs(...)). The chain rule is built into
the derivatives of function objects automatically, but not of lists,
which is how |...| is implemented (a special form of parentheses), and
so I missed it when adding the derivative in this form. Argh!
Revision
5463 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 6 10:47:02 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed check to use a variable that is known to be in the context
(rather than incorrectly assuming 'x' is there).
Revision
5462 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 6 10:36:15 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Only try to reduce intervals, sets and unions. (Don't call isReduced
on objects that don't support it).
Revision
5461 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 6 00:19:23 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make error messages more consistent when student's answer is off by a constant.
Revision
5460 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 5 23:56:19 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
In making the checker work with +C, I forgot to add the parameter that
provides for the student's answer to be off by a constant. (Since the
C is actually a variable, not a parameter.) OOPS!
Revision
5459 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 31 22:56:32 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed /problemserver_files not showing up in img paths.
Revision
5458 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 31 13:41:16 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add the PGcourse.pl file, since we are encouraging authors to include
this in theie loadMacros() calls.
Revision
5457 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 31 13:40:27 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed POD documentation formatting.
Revision
5456 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 30 13:08:09 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Update to version 3.4d of jsMath.
* Fixed a problem with easy/load.js where jsMath could fail to run when
easy/load.js is loaded at the top of the BODY of the document (rather than
the HEAD) and autoload is specified but tex2math is not needed (i.e.,
autoload is set to 1, while processSlashParens, processSlashBrackets,
processDoubleDollars, and processSingleDollars, are all set to 0 and
customDelimiters is commented out).
* Fixed a bug where easy/load.js could run its onload handler more than
once in some browsers.
* Fixed a bug in the autoload plugin where jsMath.js could be loaded twice
if a call to jsMath.Autoload.ReCheck() is made while the first copy of
jsMath.js is in the process of being downloaded.
* Fixed a subtle timing issue with jsMath.Process() when some mathematics
on the page requires an external file to be autoloaded and there are
additional jsMath.Process() calls pending.
* Modified the algorithm used by easy/load.js for finding the root when it
is not specified so that it will work better with MSIE in the situation
where easy/load.js is loaded via a relative URL.
* Added \operatorname to the AMSmath extension, which was acidentally left
out previously.
* Fixed some alignment problems with MSIE when running in "standards"
mode rather than "quirks" mode (i.e., in the presence of certain DOCTYPEs).
Revision
5455 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 30 02:45:18 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure Formula's value() method doesn't produce an error when it
can't extact the separate entries of the formula.
Revision
5454 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 30 02:38:07 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Disassemble Formula's properly when used with multiple variables in
substitute(), etc. For example:
$f->substitute(['x','y'] => Formula("xy,x^2-y^2"));
Revision
5453 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 30 02:20:06 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow specification of values for multiple variables a once for
eval(), substitute() and so on. You can use
$f->eval(['x','y'] => Point(1,2));
or
$f->eval(['x','y'] => [1,2]);
or
$P = Point(1,2);
$f->eval(['x','y'] => $P);
to do the equivalent of
$f->eval(x=>1,y=>2);
Note that you must use quotes for the variable names and that they
must be enclosed in square brackets, not parentheses, when you supply
more than one variable. You can combine single with multiple
variables, as in
$f->eval(['x','y']=>Point(1,2),z=>3);
Revision
5452 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 29 18:37:55 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Sort classes before presenting them in configuration web page.
Revision
5451 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 29 12:15:16 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added the support files needed for the Union theme (since someone
added it to the list of themes without adding the support files).
I didn't have a gateway template made up, so I hacked this one
together based on the ur page. It is only lightly tested.
Revision
5450 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 29 04:35:34 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New Version
Revision
5449 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 29 04:34:28 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New version see readme
Revision
5448 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 29 04:33:24 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New version of Server
Revision
5447 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 29 04:31:59 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New version, see readme.
Revision
5446 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 29 02:06:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix substitute() so that if the variable is being substituted for a
constant, only the branch that contains that value is returned. If it
is substituted by another variable, the variables for the inequalities
will also be changed. (Otherwise the variable is replaced only in the
functions; not perfect, but the best that I could come up with.)
Revision
5445 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 29 02:01:24 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Check that "and" and "or" combine inequalities that use the same variable.
Revision
5444 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 29 00:07:47 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implementation of a PiecewiseFunction class. Both students and
problem authors can enter peicewise functions, and they will display
nicely in TeX mode. They can be evaluated, reduced, substituted, and
so on, just like other functions.
There are undoubtedly more features that it needs, but it's a start.
Revision
5443 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 29 00:03:27 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make the TeX output for <= be \le rather than <=
Revision
5442 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 28 23:08:44 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Backporting changes from HEAD to rel-2-4-dev
Revision
5441 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 28 22:40:15 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add context names for the context(s) created here.
Revision
5440 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 28 22:39:04 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add error messages when student's answer is not linear in the constant
he or she has used.
Revision
5439 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 28 21:53:42 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated contexts to include a "name" field that at least tracks what
context you started with (though it can be modified and no longer be
the same as the original context).
Remove the individual named variables in the Default.pm file; they are
now available only through the %Parser::Context::Default::context
hash.
Remove the >< and . operators, the <...> parentheses, the norm and
unit functions, and the i, j, and k constants from the Point context.
So the Point context no longer includes vectors and vector
operaterations.
Revision
5436 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 28 01:30:25 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Had the wrong inequality (but since answers won't usually contain
newlines, this won't have affected anyone).
Revision
5435 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 27 21:05:38 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Make default setting for view_proctored_tests be 'student', so that
students see the link for proctored tests on the set list page.
Revision
5434 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 26 19:11:18 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This is a rewrite of the Inequalities context that makes a number of
improvements over the older version.
First, the error messages are much better when students enter
incorrect answers.
Second, inequalities and intervals are now separate classes and so you
can enter both types of notation and they will stringify and texify
correctly, so there is no need for the stringifyAsInequalities flag
any longer.
Finally, there is a new Inequality() constructor that can be used to
coerce Intervals, Sets, and Unions to become their corresponding
inequalities, and vice versa, Interval(), Set() and Union() can be
used to coerce an Inequality to be represented in its interval-style
notation.
This is not backaward compatible with the ealier version, but since
that is only a couple of weeks old, I don't think it should be an
issue, as very few problems will have been written for it in that
time.
Revision
5433 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 26 19:05:18 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improve error messages for unreduced unions.
Revision
5432 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 26 18:53:23 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Only try to form intervals from lists that could be intervals when
they are of length 2.
Revision
5431 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 26 12:14:00 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow object classes to override their own precedence values.
Revision
5430 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 26 12:13:12 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Had the test reversed in isReduced when returning a boolean rather
than an array (Argh!)
Revision
5429 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 26 11:56:24 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure the constructor creates the interval in the correct context.
Revision
5428 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 26 03:03:29 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow Interval constructor to handle more situations.
Revision
5427 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 26 03:02:06 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Minor change (don't need to check for isValue since we are already
assuming that in the previous line).
Revision
5426 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 26 03:00:59 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add a predefined type structure for intervals.
Revision
5414 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 25 18:16:34 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port (sh002i): Resolve bug #1293 by actually throwing a
RecordExists exception from NewSQL::Std.
Revision
5412 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 24 18:39:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Extended the set definition file format to support commas in the
source_file field (as well was the value and max_attempts fields).
Commas are backslash escaped: \,
To get a literal backslash: \\
Revision
5411 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 24 18:09:46 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
ignore .svn directories in problem libraries (%ignoredir)
Revision
5410 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 24 03:05:07 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use the original when determining what structures to copy.
Revision
5409 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 24 03:03:55 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use string() rather than stringify() since we don't want the
StringifyAsTeX setting to affect this check.
Revision
5408 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 24 03:02:54 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Load the UNIVERSAL package and make it available to Parser Items and Contexts.
Revision
5407 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 24 01:44:56 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix loadMacros() and alias() so that they find auxiliary files even
when the .pg file is in templates/tmpEdit.
Revision
5406 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 24 01:02:40 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The Library Browser has a bad interaction with browser image caches if
it displays two .pg files with fixed .gif files that have the same
name (this happens in several of the setMV* files, for example
setMVlevelsets/levels-1/levels-1.pg and setMVlevelsets/levels-2/levels-2.pg).
This fixes the problem by including a portion of the file name in the
name of the gif file to (help) make it unique.
Revision
5405 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 22 23:38:13 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Revamp the isReduced() method for Unions and Sets so that it produces
error indicators in addition to the T/F result. The answer checker
now uses that to produce more meaningful error messages for students
(in the past it always said "Your union can be produced without
overlaps" even when that was not the actual reason why the union is
not reduced).
Revision
5404 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 22 23:35:41 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Set the cmpDefaults so that you don't get error messages for things
like "x=1 or x=2" (which are not reduced when considered as {1} U {2}).
Also, improve the error messages a bit.
There is a better way to handle this context so that intervals, sets
and unions are distinct from inequalities. That will clear up the
ambiguity about how to stringify the objects, and will make it easier
for the two types of notation to coincide.
Revision
5403 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 22 23:31:10 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure Context's cmpDefaults hash is copied when duplicated. (Now
that isHash() and so on can be used, this can be improved.)
Revision
5402 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 22 21:06:25 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file implements the ability to have String() add strings to the
context automatically if they are not already defined. (This should
please Mike). I also provides a more convenient call for creating
strings within the context.
Revision
5401 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 22 20:16:26 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow conversion of error messages after the value substitution has
been performed. Also provide a subroutine to do more complex
conversion of error messages:
Context()->{error}{convert} = sub {
my $message = shift;
... manipulate message ...
return $message;
}
Revision
5400 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 22 19:54:50 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use new feature to make Real() create ScientificNotation objects.
Revision
5399 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 22 19:49:36 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow contexts to override the MathObject constructors separately from
the ones generated by the parser. That way, you can define Real(),
for example, to produce ScientificNotation, without screwing up the
reals used in the parser itself.
Revision
5398 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 22 19:04:25 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
normalized documentation -- still needs a USAGE section though.
Revision
5397 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 21 17:07:26 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Turns out you don't need to add UNIVERSAL to the package list after
all. I must have forgotten to restart the server during my testing.
Sorry!
Revision
5396 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 20 06:35:54 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure copy() creates new variables and values hash references (and
any other hash or array refs in the formula).
Revision
5395 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 20 04:43:48 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in documentation.
Revision
5394 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 20 04:27:00 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added documentation for the showHints flag to the cmp() method.
Revision
5393 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 20 04:23:02 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implements a general antiderivative formula object where the student
must include a "+ C" (using any variable he or she chooses) and the
correct answer also shows a "+ C". See the comments in the file for
details.
Revision
5392 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 21:50:23 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Move the context creation to the _init routine so that modifications
to main:: occur at initialization time, not when the file is loaded.
Revision
5391 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 21:45:47 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Move the context creation into the _init routine so that changes to
main:: are only made at initializaiton time, not load time.
Revision
5390 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 21:44:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix up the examples and documentation a bit.
Revision
5389 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 21:43:37 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Only do this translation when not in hardcopy mode (but the answer
checkers aren't called then anyway, so that is probably not ever going
to occur).
Revision
5388 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 21:40:59 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added the HTML special characters to the list of translated ones, so
they will be properly preserved as well.
Revision
5387 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 21:31:17 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Always make units be in \textstyle (in particular, in the preview display).
Revision
5386 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 20:38:30 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Move the context creation into the _init routine.
Don't generate the error about implied multiplication, since that
doesn't make sense here (produce the standard error instead).
Revision
5385 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 20:02:41 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added context flags to more finely control the allowed entry format
(e.g., force the use of commas, force the use of decimal places, and
so on.) See the documentation at the top of the file for details.
Revision
5384 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 19:18:18 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow objects to explicitly DENY being a given type, even if isa()
says they are.
Revision
5383 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 18:07:19 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The copy method was not copying all the values from the original
(since it was making a new object from scratch). We now copy the
complete hash and recursively copy the parse tree.
Revision
5382 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 18:00:48 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The overridden with() method was not preserving all the settings in
the Formula. This has been fixed.
Revision
5381 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 15:38:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Correct the example so the answer given is actually a correct one.
Revision
5380 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 14:58:51 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixes to format POD documentation better.
Revision
5379 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 14:54:35 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
More fixes to POD sections.
Revision
5378 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 14:44:55 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Now that parens->clear doesn't remove the 'start' paren, we can use
clear as we can with the others.
Revision
5377 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 14:41:26 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure clear doesn't remove the special 'start' paren that is
required by the Parser class.
Revision
5376 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 03:41:45 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow formatted answers to include newlines, and convert them to <BR>
so that we can try to improve the layout in the results table.
(Piecewise functions will want this, since they can be very long
otherwise. Raw matrix entries might want that, too.)
Revision
5375 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 03:39:10 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved method of looking up the item class so that it will work with
more deeply nested namespaces.
Revision
5374 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 02:52:28 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Macro files should return a non-zero value
Revision
5373 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 02:01:57 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Normalized comments and headers to that they will format their POD
documentation properly. (I know that the POD processing was supposed
to strip off the initial #, but that doesn't seem to happen, so I've
added a space throughout.)
Revision
5372 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 01:06:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Parser needs UNIVERAL package in order to access the can() and isa()
methods that are supposed to be part ofthe base class.
Revision
5371 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 00:56:25 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed Parser.pl to MathObjects.pl
Revision
5370 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 00:48:19 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated calls to Parser::Context->getCopy to remove unneeded undef
argument.
Revision
5369 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 00:30:41 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The "undef" in Parser::Context->getCopy(undef,"NAME") is no longer
needed, and will be ignored if provided, but you can now use
Parser::Context->getCopy("NAME");
which is more reasonable to read.
Revision
5368 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 19 00:21:46 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make Compute() retain the original Formula as well as the correct
answer string (for reference if you need it). Also provide a hook for
subclasses of Parser::Item to force a Formula to be computed as a
Formula-based Value object (e.g., this is needed for
PiecewiseFunctions, which don't compute to constants, but don't want
to be Formula's either).
Revision
5367 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 18 23:46:02 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Include extra parens when they have been requested.
Revision
5366 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 18 23:43:47 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Miscellaneous improvements to TeX and string output.
Fixed typo in propagation of equation pointer in one location.
Propagate the varName field in "or" and "and" operations.
Revision
5365 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 18 23:39:57 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use alternative method of testing if whether two objects are the same
(without causing them to stringify first).
[Technically, this should call Value::address, the renamed version of
Value::Ref, but I didn't want the AIM participants to have to update
to the latests version of MathObjects to be able to use this.]
Revision
5364 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 18 23:34:09 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle promotion of Parser::Items better when they have been
subclassed, and be sure to initialize the {variables} field.
Revision
5363 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 18 23:33:05 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a number of methods to improve the ability to test unknown
values for their types (e.g., isHash, isBlessed, etc), and modified
several of the service routines to use them.
Improved the isValue and related routines to use more sophisticated
methods of determining whether a class is a MathObject.
Made the UNIVERSAL isa() and can() methods available for use from
within the safe compartment.
Some miscellaneous cleanup.
Revision
5362 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 18 21:47:03 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The changes in version 1.81 broke promotion of objects created by hand
through the MathObject constructors since they don't have open and
close explicitly like the parsed versions do. So check the context
for the default parens for these.
Revision
5361 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 18 15:25:42 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Changed how the Environment is built
Revision
5360 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 18 15:08:21 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
5359 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 18 15:03:41 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New Application that creates configuration files.
Revision
5358 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 18 15:01:57 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added Log files
Revision
5357 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 18 03:45:58 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed up some comments.
Added two new opions: format and tex_format. These provide
sprintf-style strings that are used to format the student answers
for display in the results area, so you have full control over how
these are displayed.
Added isPreview flag to the answer hash so that you can tell if you
should issue error messages in your checker routine.
Revision
5356 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 18 02:47:09 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The MultiAnswer object calls cmp_compare() in a non-standard way (in
order to get its checker routine to run inside an eval call, which it
can't do itself since it is not a .pm file, and so is in the safe
compartment). Recent changes to this routine to take advantage of
MathObjects storing their contexts broke this non-standard usage. (It
should really be changed so that this hack isn't necessary in the
MultiAnswer object.)
Revision
5355 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 18 02:17:20 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Minor fix to error message code (table tags were missing).
Add missing parameter to one call to perform_check().
Use context method rather than looking up the field directly.
Revision
5354 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 17 22:46:02 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure the creation o MathObjects internally preserves the context
saved in the object.
Revision
5353 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 17 21:36:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Finished the comment that was left incomplete. (Sorry about that.)
Revision
5352 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 17 21:30:16 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the POD line at the top, which incorrectly suggested that you
use Context("LimitedPowers") to access this (many other contexts work
that way, but not this one).
Revision
5351 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 17 21:25:02 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add some examples into the documentation.
Put quotes around some string literals where they were missing.
Move the isInteger routine to an easier location to use, and
pass it the evaluated power as well as the BOP::power
(so it won't have to be evaluated more than once).
Revision
5350 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 17 21:07:00 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to allow more flexibility in controlling the range of powers
to be allowed (as per John Jones' suggestion). Also changed the
way that you request the changes: you now make a function call rather
than modify the operators list directly yourself. (The old way is
still provided, however, for backward compatibility.)
See the comments in the file for more details.
Revision
5349 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 17 19:40:55 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use the more powerful getFlag method to get the context flag rather
looking in the context directly.
Revision
5348 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 17 19:37:53 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Modified Value::Error so that it works as a method as well as a direct
call. So you can use Value::Error(), Value->Error() or $mathObj->Error()
to call it. I probably should change all the Value::Error calls to
Value->Error ones, but may not bother, as there is not much gain in
it and I've gotten pretty used to it the way it is.
Also fixed a typo where the showTraceback flag was not being honored.
Revision
5347 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 17 18:59:05 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
change POD documenation (try to get it to handle the leading #'s
properly. I know it can be done, but don't know what triggers it.
Revision
5346 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 17 18:30:34 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file implements a context where students can enter numbers in
scientific notation. You can control the number of decimal digits
they need/can enter, and how many are used when the answers are
displayed.
See the comments at the top of the file for more details.
Revision
5345 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 17 16:24:40 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a typo that prevented the flags from the cmp() method from being
accessible to the getFlag() method. OOPS!
Revision
5344 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 17 16:11:55 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Incorrectly had promoteReals to 1 instead of 0 (left over from
testing). Now added promoteReals to the context in addition to the
answer cmp method, and produce error messages when computations are
performed between currency and reals. (The message is not as good as
it should be, but to do it right would require overriding all the
operators. I need to work out a better way of hooking into the type
checking mechanism for the operators.)
Revision
5343 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 17 02:01:07 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file implements a context in which students can provide answers
that are monitary values. You can control the currency symbol and the
characters used for commas and decimals (for potential localization in
the future).
See the comments in the file for more details and examples.
Revision
5342 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 17 01:59:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This is a temporary hack that allows sticky answers to preserve all
the characters the student typed. PGbasicmacros.pl currently removes
several characters, including $, which is needed for monitary
answers. Eventually, PGbasicmacros.pl should be fixed, but for now
this will work, and it should not cause trouble after PGbasicmacros.pl
is fixed. In the end, this file can be emptied, then it should issue
a warning message, and finally it can be removed.
The hack is to copy the inputs_ref and modify the answers so that the
PGbasicmacros.pl macros will not remove those characters (the key is
to convert them to HTML entities instead). Then after the problem has
been processed, we put the original answers back so that the answer
checkers will work properly on them. This is accomplished by
replacing ENDDOCUMENT with a new routine that first puts back the
answers and then calls the old ENDDOCUMENT. This has the unwanted
side effect of putting error messages into the error log, but I can't
seem to work around that.
Revision
5341 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 16 04:41:26 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Had a typo: answer_submitted should have been answers_submitted, but
it turns out that this is ALWAYS set, even when answers AREN'T
submitted, so I had to look for the individual buttons instead. This
might break if someone adds more buttons, but it works for now.
Revision
5340 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 16 03:45:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Show the reseed button and message even if the student hasn't
submitted answers (like when they have just loaded the problem).
Revision
5339 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 16 03:24:45 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a message when the "when" condition is met but the due-date
condition is not. The message informs the student that the problem
can be reseeded after the due date.
Revision
5338 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 16 02:37:54 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make reseeding save better (when submits are allowed) so that if a
student comes back to a reseeded problem, they will get the reseeded
version.
Also don't let to reseeding count as a submit in the number of attempts
so far.
Revision
5337 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 15 21:45:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug where onlyAfterDue was not working correctly. (The button
showed up when it shouldn't, and would have no effect.)
Revision
5336 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 15 21:32:05 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Provides a mechanism for reseeding problems under specific
conditions. For example, when the student has gotten the problem
right and it is past the due date, he or she can reseed the problem.
Other criteria are also available.
See the comments at the top of the file for more details.
Revision
5335 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 15 20:22:32 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Add more indexing, small disk space expense and hopefully more speed.
Revision
5334 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 15 17:48:16 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Textbook chapters and sections will now include their numbers in the
library browser, and be sorted accordingly.
Revision
5333 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 15 17:46:55 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Improved handling of textook chapters and sections (should be entered
based on their number, not the DBchapter and DBsection name).
Also improved handling for problems which are tagged to a chapter,
but not to a particular seciton in the chapter.
Revision
5332 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 15 04:12:15 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make @LimitedPowers::OnlyPositiveIntegers do as its name suggests and
rule out zero as well. Added @LimitedPowers::OnlyNonNegativeIntegers
to handle 0 and positive values.
Revision
5331 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 15 04:10:41 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a reduce flag for x^1 processing (it was not able to be
disabled before).
Revision
5330 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 15 04:09:41 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a Ref() function that returns the reference address (for
checking if two MathObject references are to the identical object).
Without this, the objects would be compared as MathObjects rather than
perl references.
Revision
5329 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 15 04:03:57 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
USe filter names for the answer checkers to identify them in debugging
message more easily. Mark the MultiAnswer as a Value object. Handle
allowBlankAnswers properly.
Revision
5328 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 15 03:58:26 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file implements a postfilter for AnswerEvaluators that allows you
to specify answer hint messages to use when specific answers or sets
of answers are given by the student. You can use specific constants
or a perl subroutine to determine which answers to respond to. You
can also specify a score to use when the answers are triggered, and
whether to replace existing messages or not. See the comments in the
file for more details.
Revision
5327 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 15 03:56:11 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file defines contexts in which intervals can (or must) be
entered as inequalities. The contexts include "and" and "or" for
combining inequalities, and you can force intervals to be shown as
inequalities rather than their usual form. See the comments in the
file for additional details.
Revision
5326 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 14 20:16:16 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
bug fix: somehow I seem to have mixed up the logic in the message that
gets displayed on the sets page for tests that are still open/over time.
Sam: if you can get this into 2.4, that'd be great. Thanks.
Revision
5325 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 14 18:34:35 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Work around IE bug where pressing return submits a form but does not
set the submit button's value properly in some circumstances.
Revision
5324 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 14 16:23:27 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow unpacking of .tar.gz and .tar files in addition to .tgz files.
Revision
5323 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 14 15:57:19 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem where Real's were being promoted to NumberWithReals
during the numeric comparison (when units should be ignored). This
error was a result of the changes made this summer.
[This class should probably be redesigned to implement the overloaded
operators and, in particular, handle the equality check in compare()
rather than an over-ridden cmp_parse. That would make it possible to
manipulate numbers-with-units via perl code in a natural way, just
like all the other MathObjects.]
Revision
5322 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 14 13:50:34 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
bug fix. when updating to hide set header display I assumed that
the $db->getMergedSet($userToShow, $setID) would succeed, which isn't
the case for a set that isn't assigned to any users (in particular,
which isn't assigned to the instructor who is editing the set). this
bug fix resolves that by instead using the global set to determine if
headers should be displayed when the call to get the merged set fails.
Revision
5319 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 13 22:59:59 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
updated copyright dates
Revision
5314 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 13 14:16:11 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Backing out of Mike's change to previewAnswers. Setting that to 0
means the grader will not be run when the problem is first shown, and
that means the notes provided by the grader (like "You can earn
partial credit on this problem") won't be shown until the student
first provides an answer. These messages are important, particularly
for sequential problems, and so need to appear even when the problem
is first shown, not just when answers have been submitted.
If Mike had another reason than just efficiency for not processing
answers on the first invocation of a problem, that will need to be
handled in a more sophisticated way.
Revision
5313 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 12 23:30:04 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Revise how institution will be dealt with in the problem library. Currently,
the information is not used so the changes are innocuous.
Revision
5312 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 20:00:24 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port (sh002i): Fix PG_restricted_eval so that no lexicals are
used in the scope of the eval()
Revision
5310 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 18:36:10 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port (sh002i): Added a version of PGstandard.pl which loads
PG.pl, PGbasicmacros.pl, PGanswermacros.pl, and PGauxiliaryFunctions.pl.
It also includes POD docs!
Revision
5308 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 18:25:44 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Sort entries which will appear in the library browser (chapter titles,
section titles, etc.).
Revision
5305 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 17:00:50 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
updated copyright date
Revision
5303 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 16:44:57 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed extra newline
Revision
5301 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 16:37:10 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
back out of pg_dir -> webwork_pg_dir change
Revision
5300 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 16:35:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
restore whitespace destroyed (presumably) by matt's editor
Revision
5296 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 16:06:13 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
i feel like i've done this several times already, but ok...
Revision
5295 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 16:04:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
When problems are being displayed, add a second "Update Set" button, this
one at the bottom of the list of problems.
Revision
5278 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:04:09 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixes for upgrading an empty database
Revision
5277 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:02:17 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
APACHE CONFIG CHANGES -- rolling back to previous config method :P
Revision
5276 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 00:27:14 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added missing newline at the end of the file
Revision
5275 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 00:26:39 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
not sure how that guy got in there...
Revision
5274 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 00:21:17 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port (sh002i): when using loadMacros, add a newline before the
file's contents in the eval() statemet. this allows a POD directive on
the first line of the included file.
Revision
5269 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 23:24:56 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Add function so that pg problems can include any other problem under the
templates directory.
Revision
5267 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 22:02:38 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
backport (sh002i): set the default value of restrict_ip to No
Revision
5265 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 21:47:28 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add check for NULL restrict_ip fields in the set table to be sure
that we don't try to check ip restrictions in that case.
Revision
5263 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 20:52:57 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
If we allow a user to see a problem rendered in Undefined_Set, then they
have to have permission to use instructor tools.
Revision
5258 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 17:24:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port (gage): Don't processAnswers the first time a page is
viewed. (Process answers only if the submitAnswers, previewAnswers or
checkAnswers button has been pressed.)
Revision
5257 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 17:22:37 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port (gage): Change the record key field to "0" from "1". This
picks out the studentID which is usually in the first column.
This is a temporary fix. We should change the scoring and merge
features to use the login as the primary key. That can await a general
cleanup and code factoring for the scoring and grade calculations
throughout WeBWorK.
Revision
5254 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 14:55:23 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update ProblemSet editing to take out editing of set headers for
gateway tests; this is a bit of a hack to deal with the problem
that editing/trying the set header fails for a gateway test. In
that the set header file isn't used for gateway tests I think this
is probably reasonable behavior.
Revision
5253 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 06:30:52 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Copy the error message translation array when a Context is duplicated.
Revision
5252 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 06:01:48 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure ^ is quoted in character patterns so it doesn't become a
negatted character pattern.
Revision
5251 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 03:22:43 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added withPostFilter and withPreFilter methods to the AnswerHash.
These install the filter but return the AnswerHash rather than the
filter lists so that you can do things like
ANS(Real(10)->cmp->withPostFilter(...));
rather than having to save the answer checker, add the filter, then
call ANS with it.
Also adjusted some spacing.
Revision
5248 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 8 22:36:45 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update restrictions on set access to ignore the case of
the set named 'Undefined_Set', which is used by the
library browser to view problems.
Revision
5247 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 8 22:29:48 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this stuff should be in courses.dist in 2.3 and later
Revision
5246 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 8 07:16:46 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't convert lists to inervals unless they have the correct types of parens.
Revision
5245 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 8 02:37:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Update
Revision
5244 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 8 00:33:07 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fix bug in keyword searching caused by not updating the name of related
tables in recent problem library database changes.
Revision
5242 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 7 22:35:13 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
This script replaces the older loadDB2 for the NPL.
Revision
5241 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 7 04:35:32 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make perlFunction() maintain the context properly when the function is
evaluated. (Still need to make it set the {equation} field?)
Also set the {equation} field for values returned by eval().
Revision
5240 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 7 04:33:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use cached value of context rather than looking it up each time.
Revision
5239 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 7 04:32:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use corret indices for the left and right endpoints. (The paren types
are not stared in the data, only the endpoints, so use entries 0
and 1, not 1 and 2).
Revision
5238 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 7 04:30:59 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use getCopy() rather than depricated get() method.
Revision
5237 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 7 04:30:27 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow Context()->variables-add(name=>[type,options]) format for
declaring a variable.
Revision
5236 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 7 04:27:35 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error in the documentation.
Revision
5235 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 7 01:10:47 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed parameters for database access for the problem library. The tables
are now stored in the database webwork.
Revision
5234 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 7 01:06:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changes database access: now Problem Library tables are stored in the
webwork database.
Revision
5233 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 2 07:00:15 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed Apache::SOAP error
Revision
5232 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 2 06:58:29 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
The importer for wwquestion
Revision
5231 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 1 13:03:24 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Reduction in complexity of configuration.
Revision
5230 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 1 07:36:15 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Changed line ending to UNIX
Revision
5229 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 1 03:22:14 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed WSDL Errors
Revision
5228 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 1 03:08:09 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added script that doesn't allow guests access to view a problem set.
Revision
5227 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 31 18:02:54 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
set local host rpc address and hope that this hardwired url doesn't need
to be changed very often. So far the default seems to be correct in
most cases.
Revision
5226 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 31 17:56:34 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This seems to be a more stable way to discover the root directory of webwork.
For some reason $ENV{WEBWORK_ROOT} is occasionally undefined.
Revision
5225 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 31 16:40:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Enhanced error message so that we can better determine the cause of communication problems
between webwork and moodle.
Revision
5224 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 31 16:38:25 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Enhanced the error messages so that we can better detect the cause of the
communication problems between webwork and
moodle
Revision
5223 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 31 04:33:45 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added error message (reported to the httpd log) if $ENV{WEBWORK_ROOT} is not defined.
Take care,
Mike
Revision
5222 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 27 02:21:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Removing some files...
Revision
5221 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 26 18:53:08 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Construct additional course environments using %WeBWorK::SeedCE, which
will always have all necessary values in it. The old way broke when we
moved the definitions of $webwork_courses_* and $webwork_htdocs_* out of
global.conf and into webwork.apache[2]-config (and therefore into
SeedCE).
Revision
5220 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 25 23:51:48 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't complain if tables don't exist when deleting them
Revision
5219 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 25 23:37:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed typo :P
Revision
5218 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 24 17:48:22 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove unneeded SetHandler in <Directory> block.
Revision
5217 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 24 17:47:54 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
define all 7 seed vars here, don't load a $ce, rename pg_dir to
webwork_pg_dir, fix "Allow from all" issue, use "SetHandler None" in
static locations regardless of value of webwork_url.
Revision
5216 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 24 17:44:02 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
updated docs to reflect Apache->WW var seeding, removed seed vars.
Revision
5215 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 24 17:35:39 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added definition of setting table
Revision
5214 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 23 12:11:14 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow Parser::Formula to accept context parameter.
Revision
5213 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 23 04:06:32 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
PLEASE READ -- APACHE CONFIG CHANGES!
This patch makes webwork.apache2-config static (no <Perl> sections) and
passes changes into WeBWorK via PerlSetVar directives. The course
environment (global.conf) is seeded from these variables. Also changes
pg_dir to webwork_pg_dir, so all seed variables start with "webwork_".
So update your webwork.apache2-config and global.conf files! :)
Revision
5212 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 22 05:25:18 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow record classes to specify a set of initial records to insert into
a newly-created table. this is used to populate the setting table with
e.g. (db_version, $THIS_DB_VERSION).
Revision
5211 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 22 05:24:22 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
put most of wwdb_upgrade in a library so it can be accessed from elsewhere.
Revision
5210 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 22 03:34:20 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added more padding to .info-box ol
so that you can have more than 10 items in a numbered list (otherwise the
numbers like 15 were being cut off to 5
Revision
5209 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 22 03:24:54 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updated documentation of appletLink and helpLink macros
Revision
5208 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 21 19:15:50 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
propagate mysql/mysqldump paths to dbLayout params
Revision
5207 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 21 19:13:10 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use new dummp_table/restore_table code for course archiving/unarchiving
Revision
5206 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 21 19:12:38 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
dump_table/restore_table: remove debugging ooutput, eliminate unused variable
Revision
5205 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 21 16:39:23 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
The url for RPC has to be hardwired. This makes that a bit clearer.
Revision
5204 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 21 16:37:39 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Try this again.
Revision
5203 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 21 16:35:43 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Update -- added reference to the union theme in addition to the moodle and math themes
Revision
5202 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 21 16:32:45 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Stop a recurring error on hosted2 -- unfortunately I'm not sure what was triggering this error.
I couldn't generate it but an undefined set_id warning occured in many log entries
from one course.
Revision
5201 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 21 16:30:38 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
don't use hardwired mysql and mysqldump commands.
find the location of these commands in global.conf (i.e. the course environment)
Revision
5200 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 21 15:53:53 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
updating modelCourse
Revision
5199 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 21 15:53:21 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updating our distribution version of modelCourse to conform roughly to what we use on hosted2
In particular it includes the setOrientation.def file
Revision
5198 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 21 15:53:15 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updating our distribution version of modelCourse to conform roughly to what we use on hosted2
In particular it includes the setOrientation.def file
Revision
5197 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 20 18:19:46 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
5196 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 20 18:17:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Mapping not defined error fixed
Revision
5195 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 20 18:00:28 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed Problem with Description Update
Revision
5194 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 19 21:12:23 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added record class for settings
Revision
5193 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 19 21:02:42 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added missing newline at end of file
Revision
5192 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 19 21:02:15 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
(1) added methods for setting table (2) added dump_tables/restore_tables
Revision
5191 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 19 21:01:44 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added dump_table and restore_table methods, which use mysqldump(1) and
mysql(1) respectively to dump/restore table data to/from a file.
Revision
5190 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 19 21:00:46 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added name_eq where clause for settings
Revision
5189 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 18 21:33:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Backup & Restore
Revision
5188 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 18 19:46:55 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added Documentation
Revision
5187 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 18 19:25:24 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added Description in Index Listing
Revision
5186 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 18 18:41:41 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Minor Code Changes removing Depreciated Functions
Revision
5185 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 18 18:08:11 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added Readme
Revision
5184 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 18 18:06:25 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Spelling Errors
Revision
5183 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 18 17:58:06 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Changes to allow the new wwlink block to establish course link
Added README
Revision
5182 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 18 17:17:19 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Initial Commit of the WW Block Link.
Revision
5181 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 15 13:03:43 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed promote() from calls to funcitons where the operand will
already be a Complex; overloaded operations guarantee this, unless the
funciton is called explicitly through the package name. It is
more direct to do something like sin(Complex($a,$b)) than
Value::Complex::sin($a,$b) anyway. Although I was trying to allow
both forms, it is not worth the overhead to allow the second form, and
it is nor really "best practice" anyway.
Revision
5180 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 15 12:11:07 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Accidental typo due to global search and replace.
Revision
5179 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 22:43:22 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
expanded POD docs
Revision
5178 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 21:59:34 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make periodic comparisons have their tolerances based on the correct
answer point rather than just the period. (This avoids zeroLevel
checks on one coordiante when period is pure imaginary or pure real.)
Also fixed promote() calls since it has been moved to Value.pm.
Revision
5177 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 21:49:29 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed Seed problems
Revision
5176 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 21:46:07 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Answers are now displayed in textfield order.
Revision
5175 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 21:35:34 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
quick hack to satisfy gedit's dumb syntax hiliting
Revision
5174 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 21:26:17 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
5173 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 21:05:11 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Test Commit
Revision
5172 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 20:54:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
5171 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 20:52:28 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Adding Constants
Revision
5170 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 20:50:45 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make Real and Complex objects promote their period fields so that they
can be specified as strings rather than actual objects.
Also make the default promote() routine be the more sophisticated one
used by Real and Complex (and so remove the reoutine from those objects).
Revision
5169 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 20:37:39 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added bit about external programs
Revision
5168 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 20:35:48 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
5167 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 20:32:32 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
fixed problemserver path
Revision
5166 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 20:31:15 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
fixed pg path
Revision
5165 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 20:29:38 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Replaced by .dist
Revision
5164 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 20:26:59 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New Global Dist Configuration
Revision
5163 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 20:19:27 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added tmp directories
Revision
5162 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 20:15:55 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Moved Functionality into global.conf
Revision
5161 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 20:13:19 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Improved README
Revision
5160 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 19:59:39 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added README
Revision
5159 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 18:46:21 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
README Changes
Revision
5158 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 11:31:21 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New Caching Paradigm
Revision
5157 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 11:30:22 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added Generator and checkAnswer functions.
Revision
5156 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 13 06:57:44 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for dropdown fields in webwork questions
Revision
5155 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 12 19:19:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added Absolute Links for Images
Revision
5154 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 12 19:18:18 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Links to images are now absolute.
Revision
5153 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 12 18:37:23 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New Gradebook function.
Revision
5152 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 12 18:35:32 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Gradebook Speedup (need more testing for robustness)
Revision
5151 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 12 00:52:51 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
second pass -- now working. this script doesn't support upgrading
courses that were archived before per-course version tracking was
implemented, so you'll have to upgrade to the current version (24)
before archiving/unarchiving courses.
Revision
5150 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 11 21:04:02 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
README
Revision
5149 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 11 20:40:12 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Clean Up.
Revision
5148 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 11 20:37:41 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Conform to Moodle Code Style Requirements
Revision
5147 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 11 20:19:08 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added Proper Icon
Revision
5146 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 11 20:16:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added Restore and Backup functionality.
Revision
5145 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 11 19:28:21 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
More detailed doucmentation on MathObjects
Revision
5143 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 11 19:06:48 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
webwork question server
Revision
5142 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 11 18:29:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Webwork question types
Revision
5141 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 11 02:42:12 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add comment explaining that Infinity is defined in dangerousMacros.pl along with pi and sometimes
the complex version of i as well.
Revision
5140 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 11 01:28:21 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
An updated template to use for new problems. A change in global.conf must be made to use this.
Search for blankProblem
Revision
5139 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 11 01:07:09 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed PGinfomacros.pl
there is already a file named PGinfo.pl which does the same thing
Revision
5138 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 11 01:03:08 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a file containing macros that are useful for determining the current environment and
other debugging activities. This collection is far from complete. It currently contains
some useful macros that originally appeared in PGsequentialmacros.pl but were really only used
for debugging and problem construction.
Revision
5137 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 11 01:01:07 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Allow several blank problems to be added at once to a set.
Revision
5136 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 11 01:00:38 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adding warnings when dates are not correctly defined
Revision
5135 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 10 15:58:22 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected a logic error in finding the path.
Revision
5134 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 10 14:41:54 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure logic in score display is correct.
Revision
5133 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 9 23:51:47 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make TEXTAREA fields float above jsMath output as well as INPUT fields.
Revision
5132 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 9 19:54:21 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better control over when extra parentheses are added.
Revision
5131 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 9 19:53:15 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Remove the space inserted by \left...\right when it appears in a
multiplication operation (so function calls look better, for example).
Revision
5130 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 9 12:45:06 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added new flags to error checking of operands and function arguments.
This is so that a context can be developed that is more forgiving
about what can be put next to what. Such a context can NOT be used
for evaluation or answer checking, but can be used to generate TeX
output in more sophisticated situations.
Revision
5129 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 6 23:36:59 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
steps to adding per-course database upgrades -- doesn't work yet, don't use.
i just wanted to get it in the cvs repo before the weekend.
Revision
5128 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 6 15:22:29 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Have getFlag look in the equation's equation for the flag as well (so
that formulas that are split into separate formulas will have their
points be able to find flags from the original list-values formula.
Revision
5127 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 6 15:21:12 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Record the equation of the separate components of the list so that
getFlag will be able to obtain the values from the original list or
formula.
Revision
5126 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 6 15:19:37 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The value computed by modulo() is already a Complex, so no need to
cast it to be one (in fact, it screwed up the value, since make()
expects the real and imagniary parts separately).
Revision
5125 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 4 20:26:24 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use precompiled patterns for efficiency.
Revision
5124 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 4 20:13:03 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make the patterns be pre-compiled patterns for efficiency.
Revision
5123 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 4 20:11:17 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure the caiseInsensitive array is copied when the context is
copied (so that the token list will be maintained correctly).
Revision
5122 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 4 17:04:51 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow constants to be defined by a hash (like everything else) if desired.
Revision
5121 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 4 17:02:26 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Cosmetic change.
Revision
5120 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 4 17:00:18 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow constants to override their string representations.
Revision
5119 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 4 01:19:18 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed some unneeded spaces in the comments.
Revision
5118 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 4 01:18:52 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make string() method use the separator specified in the List
definition rather than a hard coded comma.
Revision
5117 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 4 01:17:56 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use a precedence lower than the lowest allowed precedence when closing
the formula as a whole (to force ALL the operators to be performed).
Revision
5116 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 3 10:44:30 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Modified the method used to tokenize a formula to use one large
pattern that includes all the token types rather than individual
patterns for variables, strings, operators, and so on. This allows
the Parser to handle the situation where a token of one type is a
prefix of a token of another type (e.g., < as a parenthesis but <- as
an operator) without worrying about which one is checked first. The
new mtheod is also more flexible about having additional patterns
(like quoted strings, or arbitrary variable names) and about
specifying the order in which they are applied.
Revision
5115 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 2 23:48:00 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Get the period and logperiodic values using getFlags rather than only
looking in the object itself (this allows it to inherit the values
from a Formula, for example).
Revision
5114 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 2 23:21:06 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error in derivative of quotients introduced by recent bad editing.
Revision
5113 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 2 16:27:13 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improve some error messages.
In comparisons, mark the values created by the formulas so that they
will use the formula's tolerances.
Revision
5112 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 2 16:18:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make getFlag() look for an {equation} field and add that into the
search path for the flag. This lets Formula object tag their results
so that printing and comparisons will use the flags from the Formula
for formats and tolerances.
Revision
5111 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 2 00:50:14 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed with() to make a copy (as suggested last week). This one is a
deep copy, however, since the tree is modified and we don't want to
change the original, we need to make a deep copy.
Adjust bop() to remove dependency on hard-coded Parser package name.
Remove stringify, which is now identical to parent version
Move usesOneOf to near isConstant (cosmetic change only).
Revision
5110 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 1 20:45:24 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Some new help files.
Revision
5109 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 1 20:44:13 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Refactoring of some comments, Added Language Files, Quote Optimizations
Revision
5108 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 1 18:34:13 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Remove unneeded parens and do better type coersion in new() method.
Preserve contexts in more situations.
Handle errors in powers better.
Promote more types of objects (specifically, parse string values) in several places.
Handle dimensions more carefully in comparison.
Handle dimensions more carefully in column extraction.
Allow identity matrix dimension to come from the object creating it, when applicable.
Don't override stringify or string methods. (This used to be needed
to force the display to use proper open and close symbols, but
we now coerce the rows to be of matrix type, so that is no longer needed.)
Revision
5107 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 1 18:25:24 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Arrange for creation of constant Matrices to produce 1 x n matrices
(rather than vectors) properly. (This involves including an extra
array reference in List.pm, which must be removed in list types that
don't need them, namely intervals and absolute value.)
Revision
5106 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 1 18:22:48 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make extract() handle out-of-bound indices better.
Revision
5105 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 1 11:18:39 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Do a better version of promote (get the context right) for these
function calls.
Revision
5104 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 1 11:17:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Remove unneeded parens, and don't use $isMatrix (scalar(@d) being
non-zero can be used instead).
Make sure ColumnVector status is retained in make() (so that adding
column vectors produces a column vector, for example).
Convert more values in promote (e.g., strings).
Fix a number of error messages and comments, and some formatting.
Handle contexts better.
Arrange for method inheritence in abs and areParallel.
Don't need stringify since it is now the same as the parent version.
Revision
5103 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 1 11:11:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Promote more possible values (e.g., strings).
Revision
5102 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 1 11:10:08 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Break out of makeValue earlier if the object is already a Value object.
Revision
5101 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 1 01:50:21 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Remove unneeded paretheses.
Don't need $isMatrix (since scalar(@d) non-zero tells us that).
Fix up some error messages.
Revision
5100 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 30 15:07:45 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Maintain context in a number of places where it was being lost.
Properly create Intervals from List and Point objects, when apropriate.
Properly create Formulas from non-constant Unions.
Properly report whether Unions of single items are reduced.
Only add parentheses when needed in stringify.
Revision
5099 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 30 15:02:17 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure classMatch always has a Context object, and don't report
Package errors in this routine.
Revision
5098 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 30 14:37:58 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
replaced typo of qw/allow all/ with correct value "allow all"
Revision
5097 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 30 02:39:10 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Promote arguments to Union operations.
Fix a typo.
Remove stringify since it is now the same as the parent class.
Revision
5096 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 30 02:37:34 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Remove unneeded parens in if statements.
Don't need $isMatrix (since scalar(@d) > 0 only in that case).
Promote arguements to Set operations.
Use Union routine to handle subtraction, since promotion may return an
interval or union under some circumstances.
Revision
5095 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 30 02:33:11 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Need to use flag() not getFlag() for context objects.
Revision
5094 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 30 02:32:34 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't need those parens.
Revision
5093 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 30 00:35:17 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Produce a set when the endpoints of the interval are the same.
Fixed an error with the length method.
Make transferFlags only operate on the endpoints, no the parens.
Allow subtraction between intervals and non-intervals.
Promote non-intervals in the set operations.
Revision
5092 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 30 00:29:52 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Vectors can't be in Unions, even when of length two and with no parens.
Revision
5091 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 30 00:28:32 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle canBeInUnion properly (it must come AFTER isSetOfReals, and
needs to deal with empty parens).
Revision
5090 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 30 00:26:42 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow empty open and close parens for canBeInUnion method.
Reverse order of loops in transferFlags so that we can skip the
transfer if there is no flag in the object (true most of the time).
Revision
5089 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 29 22:07:10 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Transfer flags from parent objects to their children for comparisons
and printing purposes. Also touch up a few type-coersion issues. (It
may be possible to not to need Value::isValue() if these can all be
taken care of.)
Revision
5088 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 29 20:05:15 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved an error message, fixed comparison of infinity to real
numbers, and aded a missing space in TeX output.
Revision
5087 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 29 19:54:19 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
$main::VERSION should be "2.x" in HEAD. It gets set in rel-2-x-dev
branch before tagging each rel-2-x-y.
Revision
5086 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 29 19:17:28 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Removed Debug lines.
Revision
5085 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 29 19:13:37 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some type checking. Removed some unwantedd fuzzy checks (use
exact checks instead). Preserve context flags from complex object to
real and imaginary parts. Preserve context during function evaluations.
Revision
5084 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 29 19:11:05 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Adjusted some of the type checking to use more appropriate tests.
Revision
5083 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 29 19:08:53 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Combine isReal and isComplex into a single classMatch call.
Revision
5082 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 29 19:08:04 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Only promote complex numbers of they aren't already complex (this
prevents changing the context, since Parser::Function->call is called
directly, so $self->context is the current context, not the context of
the argument being passed).
Revision
5081 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 29 19:04:41 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
5080 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 29 18:57:38 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Took out a hardcoded variable
Revision
5079 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 29 18:40:40 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for Apache1 in WSDL generation.
Revision
5078 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 29 18:17:23 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Bug fix.
Revision
5077 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 29 17:12:03 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Put back whitespace.
Revision
5076 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 29 02:02:41 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Renamed the MultiPart object as the MultiAnswer object. The MultiPart
object now issues a warning indicating that change so that problem
authors will be encouraged to change their code.
Revision
5075 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 23:53:40 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use new context methods.
Revision
5074 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 23:44:45 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to use new context methods.
Revision
5073 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 23:42:18 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use new context methods.
Revision
5072 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 23:40:46 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a typo in the compare method.
Revision
5071 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 23:19:00 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Correct and expand some documentation.
Revision
5070 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 22:49:38 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed up some comments and spacing.
Revision
5069 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 22:48:41 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use the new context methods, and restructure the saving/restoring of contexts.
Revision
5068 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 22:45:57 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Look for the StringifyAsTeX flag in the current context only (not the
original context of the object). This will make Context()->texStrings
work properly even when some objects are created in other contexts.
Revision
5067 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 22:33:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added perl method so that the result is always a number (not a blank
when it is false).
Revision
5066 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 22:31:59 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to use the new context methods.
Revision
5065 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 21:32:25 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
More bug squashed.
Revision
5064 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 21:31:48 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
More bugs squashed
Revision
5063 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 20:46:18 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
User Creation Bug Squashed.
Revision
5062 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 20:45:35 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
User creation bug squashed.
Revision
5061 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 20:44:17 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Update to use new context methods.
Revision
5060 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 20:42:53 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use Value->context rather than $$Value::context.
Revision
5059 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 20:17:12 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to use new context methods.
Revision
5058 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 20:09:32 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Added php4 support.
Revision
5057 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 20:08:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Squashing more bugs adding php4 support
Revision
5056 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 11:32:10 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make List() preserve the correct_ans field when it is used to coerce a
single element to a singleton list.
Revision
5055 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 02:28:20 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Update to use new context methods.
Revision
5054 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 02:26:44 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to use new package method to look up the Formula package name.
Revision
5053 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 02:23:21 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Change documentation for how to copy a context.
Revision
5052 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 02:21:32 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use new package method to find the Function package name.
Revision
5051 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 02:20:00 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use new context methods.
Revision
5050 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 02:17:32 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated context method calls.
Revision
5049 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 02:14:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use the new context copying method, and copy the Point context not the
Vector context.
Revision
5048 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 02:11:28 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to use new context methods.
Revision
5047 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 02:08:18 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The file needs to return a true value.
Revision
5046 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 02:06:36 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to use new context copying method.
Revision
5045 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 01:55:03 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to use the new context copy method.
Revision
5044 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 01:51:27 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use the new method to copy the String context
Revision
5043 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 01:39:58 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to comply with recent changes in the Value library.
Revision
5042 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 28 01:31:09 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Recent changes to automatically do promotion in the Value methods was
a mistake. I put it back into the subclass methods again.
Revision
5041 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 27 23:30:54 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed incorrect use of numeric rather than string comparison.
Revision
5040 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 27 22:45:39 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't create a new copy of an object if it is already of the correct
class in promote().
Revision
5039 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 27 20:22:20 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
OOPS, the example in the previous message is wrong. You need to use
$a = Context()->variables->get("a")->{value};
$b = Context()->variables->get("b")->{value};
(brtaces around the "value").
Revision
5038 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 27 20:20:12 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Adaptive-parameter values are now stored in the Context so that they
can be retreived if needed. E.g.,
Formula("a x + b") == Formula("5 x - 3");
$a = Context()->variables->get("a")->value;
$b = Context()->variables->get("b")->value;
will have $a equal to 5 and $b equal to -3.
Revision
5037 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 27 19:50:45 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the with() method to produce a (shallow) copy rather than
modify the original object. So now $x->with(foo=>'bar') will make a
copy of $x with a field "foo" set to "bar" rather than set "foo" to
"bar" in $x itself.
(This is in response to discussion from our June 26th meeting at UofR.)
Revision
5036 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 26 06:46:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed add_user functionality.
Revision
5035 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 26 06:45:17 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Squashing some bugs with the WebworkSOAP webservice.
Revision
5034 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 25 21:03:30 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New iteration of wwassignment using WeBWorK SOAP webservices.
Revision
5033 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 25 21:02:19 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
New DB schema format.
Revision
5032 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 25 20:57:56 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Being replaced by an xml format to describe table structure to Moodle.
Revision
5031 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 25 20:56:37 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Being replaced by mod_form.php in Moodle 1.7 and upwards.
Revision
5030 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 25 13:18:45 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added check for Email module
Revision
5029 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 25 12:10:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes to make unarchiving possible with a choice names for the unarchived files.
To do: Provide updating of the database. Currently there may be difficulties if the database is upgradedbetween the time the course is archived and the course is unarchived.
The behavior with sql_moodle data schemas has not been tested.
Revision
5028 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 25 12:09:58 2007 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes to make unarchiving possible with a choice names for the unarchived files.
To do: Provide updating of the database. Currently there may be difficulties if the database is upgraded
between the time the course is archived and the course is unarchived.
The behavior with sql_moodle data schemas has not been tested.
Revision
5027 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 23 20:20:09 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Forgot to handle context in the make() method.
Revision
5026 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 23 20:08:07 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make the Package method really be a method of the context rather than
the Value objects, and make the Value method call the context one.
This means it is not necessary to pass the context as a parameter any
longer.
Revision
5025 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 23 20:05:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Was taking the context form the wrong position in the parameter list.
Revision
5024 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 23 19:46:00 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix typo, and handle case where Allow is called from package.
Revision
5023 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 23 19:45:17 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make context method work when called from package rather than blessed object.
Revision
5022 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 22 21:19:26 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Testing IDE Integration into CVS
Revision
5021 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 22 19:08:30 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
move $defaultTheme above $webworkFiles{stylesheet} so that it actually works.
Revision
5020 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 22 19:05:59 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use $ce->{externalPrograms}{gzip} rather than 'gzip'.
Revision
5019 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 22 18:57:40 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
change default location of gzip to match FHS, remove old disabled code
Revision
5018 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 22 16:56:50 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
add gzip to list of apps to check for
Revision
5017 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 22 12:40:32 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Left out a "return" in my changes of two weeks ago. OOPS!
Revision
5016 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 22 02:39:24 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle ans_array() correctly again (context issues, and allow parser
to create a formula from an existing subtree).
Revision
5015 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 22 01:56:06 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
more fixes to handle the contexts properly.
Revision
5014 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 22 00:26:47 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed context issues and a typo (must have been interrupted when
editing this file earlier). Also modified the units pattern to allow
trailing spaces.
Revision
5013 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 21 23:29:10 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't use \cdot with things like 3i.
Revision
5012 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 21 23:10:13 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added Package method to the Context object to replace the
Value->Package() calls and simplify the $self->Package calls (don't
have to look up the context again).
Revision
5011 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 21 20:27:06 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
The second iteration of the WeBWorK Moodle bridge on problem sets.
Revision
5010 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 21 20:18:50 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Modified to add WSDL handler and SOAP handler for new webservices.
Temporary fix to bug in Apache2 by hardcoding paths.
Revision
5009 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 21 20:17:02 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
mleventi
Original Path:
trunk
Inital Commit of SOAP services.
Revision
5008 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 19 19:04:45 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Change externalPrograms{tar} from /usr/bin/tar to /bin/tar which is the
"standard" location for tar
Revision
5007 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 19 18:39:45 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Changed Allow => [qw/from all/] to Allow => "from all" in two places
Revision
5006 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 16 02:08:02 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error with the modulo method, and adjusted formatting.
Revision
5005 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 16 02:07:07 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with modulo method.
Revision
5004 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 15 03:17:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Only set the context if the data is a MathObject.
Revision
5003 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 13 18:39:14 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring jsMath up to version 3.4c.
This version adds new functionality to jsMath; in particular, most of
the macros and environments from the amsmath AMS-LaTeX package are now
available in jsMath's AMSmath extension. There are also some bug
fixes. See the change log for more details.
Revision
5002 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 12 11:45:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Fix typo.
Revision
5001 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 12 04:05:56 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
More fixes for creating items in the corret context. Also added a
method for looking up the package associated with a particular Parser
class (for consistency with the Value->Package call).
Revision
5000 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 12 01:02:05 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
done testing
Revision
4999 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 12 01:00:53 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
testing -- please ignore
Revision
4998 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 12 01:00:10 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
testing -- added a space.
Revision
4997 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 11 18:16:40 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixing docementation so that it can be read from the web.
Revision
4996 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 10 11:34:27 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow promote() to accept a context as the first argument so that the
promoted object can be forced into the given context.
Revision
4995 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 10 01:19:29 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use numeric rather than string comparison to see if contexts are
equal.
Revision
4994 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 10 01:17:29 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Update to handle the fact that the Value package now includes the
context with all MathObjects. (This may still need some work.)
Revision
4993 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 8 12:09:53 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added more flexible type checking for MathObject classes. This makes
it possible to correctly match types even when the context has
specified a different package to handle a given type, for example.
Revision
4992 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 8 11:05:48 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo.
Revision
4991 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 8 02:09:21 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Update new() and make() methods to accept a context as the first
parameter (making it easier to create objects in a given context
without having to resort to a separate call to coerce them to the
given context after the fact).
Revision
4990 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 7 23:48:20 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
More updates to use the new Value->Package() call. This will make the
standard object-creation functions like Real() and Complex() use the
new lookup method.
Revision
4989 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 7 23:47:14 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
can't use inContext() with the "fake" make that produces perl reals,
so remove it for now. (Perhaps we should just go with the Reals() and
not try to be fancy about it, since it will often get converted to a
Real anyway). This will need more work.
Revision
4988 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 7 23:43:42 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Give the MathObjects answer checker a _filter_name so it is easier to recognize.
Revision
4987 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 7 21:54:46 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added Value->Package(name[,context]) to look up what package is
currently set to handle the named type. E.g.,
Value->Package("Complex") usually returns "Value::Complex". These can
be overridden in the Context so that modified vesions of the
MathObjects can be made to replace the existing ones more easily. In
particular, the Parser classes should call these (not yet implemented)
when they create objects, so that you can override the object they
create.
Also cleaned up some more context issues (with still more to come).
Revision
4986 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 7 18:19:56 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
sroubos
Original Path:
trunk
Changed POD documentation
Revision
4985 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 7 17:42:29 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
sroubos
Original Path:
trunk
Make readable by POD documentation from the web
Revision
4984 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 7 13:20:36 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Always root the current directory in the templates directory (unless
it is an absolute reference absolute).
Include the set number in the names of PNG files, just like in GIF and
other files, so that they will not conflict with ones of the same name
in other sets.
Revision
4983 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 7 13:14:52 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow Compute() to create formulas as well as Value objects (with the
correct answer set to the original formula).
Also update some comments and formatting.
Revision
4982 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 7 13:12:45 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Normalized the definitions of i, j, k, etc.
Revision
4981 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 7 12:35:02 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Context() now always makes a copy of the context, even if it comes
from the problem's local contxt table. That way it will work
consistently no matter where the context comes from. (In the past, if
PGcourse.pl made a local copy of a context that it could modify, for
example, then Context() would not copy it when it was called, and that
means problems that relied on Context(name) resetting the context to
its original values would not work properly.
Revision
4980 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 7 12:30:28 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to include some recent changes in documentation and removal of
old commented-out code.
Revision
4979 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 7 11:59:05 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
More updates for marking MathObjects with the context in which they
were created, so they should now work like the Formula objects in that
respect. As they are combined via overloaded operators, they should
pass on their contexts correctly.
Also normalized the use of getFlag() to obtain flags from the
MathObject's context rather than looking in the context directly.
This allows the math object to override the flag by setting the flag
value in the object's hash (e.g., $f->{tolerance} = .001). I've also
added the ability to override context flags via the answerHash (e.g.,
$f->cmp(tolerance => .001)), though some filtering may need to be
added to this at some point. Note that ONLY the context flags can be
overridden, not other parts of the context.
Revision
4978 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 6 23:23:34 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file is now obsolete since the functionality has been added to
the Real and Complex objects directly. So this file is maintained
only for backward compatibility.
Revision
4977 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 6 23:02:06 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Foxed some documentation. You use the standard "Numeric" and
"Complex" contexts, not "RealPeriodic" and "ComplexPeriodic",
for these.
Revision
4976 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 6 23:00:14 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added comparisons for periodic reals and complex numbers (numbers that
match up to reduction module some number). This makes
contextPeriodic.pl obsolete, but the problems that use it should not
need to change. (It would be good to remove the loadMacros() call,
however.)
Reals and Complex numbers now overload the % operator for the modulo
operation.
Revision
4975 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 6 21:44:05 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This begins some major updates to the Parser and Value libraries.
This may make the MathObjects unstable as things shake down, but I'll
try to keep that to a minimum.
This update reorganizes how the overloading of operations are
implemented. The base Value class is now overloaded rather than the
individual Value classes. This makes it easier to make subclasses
that take advantage of the overloading.
The code that handles promoting one MathObject to another has been
updated as a part of this. This should also make subclassing the
existing MathObjects more flexible.
In the past, Formula objects included a pointer to the Context in
which the object was created, but other MathObject did not. This
update is the first round of updates to include the context in the
other MathObjects, but more work needs to be done.
The changes here should not affect existing problems; it is possible
that some macro files will need to be updated, but none of the
standard ones in pg/macros seem to need it at the moment.
Revision
4974 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 6 17:58:03 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This is an experimental version of PGcomplexmacros2Exp.pl
Revision
4973 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 1 14:25:08 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Use defaultTheme
Revision
4972 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 31 14:39:10 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update database handling to save the last submitted answer to problems
for every preview or new page.
Revision
4971 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 30 19:56:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
bug fix to avoid warnings when dealing null fields with setting hide_score
and hide_score_by_problem for users.
Revision
4970 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 25 22:11:24 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Sync treatment of keywords to current version of loadDB2.
Revision
4969 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 24 17:55:37 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Pod documentation upgrades
Revision
4968 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 24 12:44:58 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Pod documentation added
Revision
4967 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 24 12:05:30 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added pod documentation
Revision
4966 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 23 17:30:35 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added Davide Cervone's methods for evaluating formulas module 2pi
Used in complex variables in particular.
Revision
4964 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 22 18:02:40 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error with List answer checking when one of the elements was
the constant 0 (a check for whether a value was defined was not
properly handling the case when the answer is zero (which counts as
false in a boolean check)).
Revision
4963 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 22 17:46:52 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
When complex=>'ok' is used, make a COPY of the Complex context before
modifying it. (Otherwise we modify the ORIGINAL copy, and that is
persistent from problem to problem within one httpd child, which would
mean one problem could affect later ones.)
Revision
4962 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 16 00:36:37 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow Real object to override the context's number format by setting
its format field. E.g.:
Real(1.2345)->with(format=>"%.2f")
Revision
4958 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 12 01:20:05 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring jsMath up to version 3.4b
Revision
4953 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 30 18:37:24 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed test file
Revision
4943 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 25 19:08:25 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
support log messages which have only added or deleted files, and no
modified files.
Revision
4933 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Apr 20 17:58:15 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add where_student_id_eq clause for searching users.
Revision
4932 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Apr 19 22:17:13 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added directory listing when a directory is being deleted. The
listing will show the total number of files in the direcotry, and the
top level contents of the directory (with numbers of items in the each
subdirectory listed, but not the contents). This resolves bug #1246.
Revision
4931 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 18 23:22:31 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Update to v3.4a, which includes:
* Fixed a problem with the noImageFonts plugin where extra fonts would
still try to use image fonts even when they were supposed to be
disabled. Also, noImageFonts now adjusts the error message to indicate
that unicode fonts will be used for fallback rather than image fonts.
* Fixed a problem where changes in the CSS line-height attribute could
cause alignment problems with arrays in MSIE.
* Fixed a number of alignment problems with MSIE when used with a
DOCTYPE that triggers "standards" mode rather than "quirks" mode.
* A bug fix needed for MSIE6 that is one of the sources of jsMath's
slowness with MSIE is now disabled when MSIE7 is used, since it is no
longer needed in that version. This should give a noticable speed
improvement for jsMath in MSIE7.
Revision
4930 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 18 22:37:59 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Clear the error message in Context before it is used in an answer
checker (prevents bleading of one error into a later answer).
Revision
4929 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 17 18:28:24 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Check for defined values to avoid uninitialized multiplication errors.
Revision
4928 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 17 00:36:16 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Modified the way the Parser-based versions of the traditional answer
checkers get copies of their contexts. They now use a new method
getCopy to obtain the copy either from the problem's context table or
the default table (rather than only from the default). That way the
instructor can use parserCustomization.pl to customize the contexts
used by the answer checkers.
Revision
4927 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 17 00:31:13 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a Vector2D context that has i and j defined as vectors in
2-space so that they can be used to generate vectors in 2D. This
avoids students getting the "incorrect number of coordinates" error.
Revision
4926 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 9 21:01:51 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Bug fixes. $urlPath->arg("setID") isn't always defined in our calls to
Authz::invalidIPAddress, and FormatRecords needs to know about versioned
sets. The latter fixes the bug in Hardcopy that just (didn't) get fixed
with the previous (not well enough tested) fix.
Revision
4925 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 9 20:20:29 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
bug fix: correct "sid" => "set_id"
Revision
4924 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 4 21:30:57 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Bug fixes: correct hideWork -> hide_work, and ensure version numbers
get appended to started tests.
Revision
4923 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 4 15:06:01 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add set-level proctor login password for proctored gateway/quiz
assignments, improve handling of proctor keys and permissions for
proctored assignments, bug fixes for recently added features.
This commit
- adds the ability to specify a set-level proctor for proctored
gateway/quiz assignments. this is done by adding a proctor with
a username "set_id:setName", where "setName" is the name of the
set, adding a "restricted_login_proctor" field to the set tables
in the database, and allowing Authen::Proctor and
ContentGenerator::LoginProctor to appropriately deal with this
possibility.
- updates proctor permissions and status in global.conf.dist,
changing the old "proctor_quiz" permission level (3) into two
levels, "proctor_quiz_login" and "proctor_quiz_grade".
wwdb_upgrade includes a stanza to make this change to proctors
that already exist in courses.
- adds a "Proctor" status in %statuses in global.conf, with no
valid behaviors. this allows the creation of proctor users
in a course who have the permissionLevel to login (and thus
proctor), but not to access the course.
- improves GatewayQuiz explanatory messages when scores or work
are hidden.
- improves GatewayQuiz proctor key management, especially for
tests with more than one allowed attempt. this includes
adding a deleteAllProctorKeys() method to DB.pm.
- updates Instructor Tools, UserList.pm and ProblemSetDetail
to deal with set-level proctoring. c.f. the note below about
the ramifications of these changes.
- updates ProblemSetList to deal with new problem set fields
set_locations and set-level proctors that are located in a
different database table than the set data.
- fixes bugs in UserList and ProblemSetDetail dealing with the
setting of hide_score, hide_score_by_problem, and
time_limit_cap.
This update hides set-level proctor users from the classlist
editor (UserList.pm) and instructor tools (Index.pm) interfaces.
They can be created, modified, and deleted at the homework sets
editor page (ProblemSetDetail.pm) only, and there only implicitly:
we never indicate that a user is being created or modified behind
the screen.
Revision
4922 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 2 20:58:49 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update ProblemSetDetail to set both hide_score and hide_score_by_problem
set fields with a single selector. This is general, in the sense that
it should allow other combinations of fields to be set if that's
appropriate. This is a tentative commit; we may choose to back out the
changes later, especially if the data model for hiding scores is
changed.
Revision
4921 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 2 19:57:39 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to add preliminary support for hiding scores on problems only.
Revision
4920 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 2 19:56:47 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Patch to set default for time_cap set definition import and include
problem_randorder in set definition export.
Revision
4919 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 2 19:55:14 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Finally patch addUserProblem to use grok_vsetID.
Revision
4918 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 30 19:07:55 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Some bugfixes, preliminary commit of relax_restrict_ip function. this
commit
- adds relax_restrict_ip and hide_score_by_problem columns to the set
and set_user tables
- adds the corresponding fields to the Set and UserSet DB Records
- patches 'no location' handling in the location management routine
in CourseAdmin.pm
- improves Authz->checkSet's handling of the case of location
restriction when no addresses exist for a location, makes it
use any cached set that may be available, and makes it honor
relax_restrict_ip
- corrects a typo and some comments in DB.pm
- allows ip restriction fields in ProblemSetList when importing from
or exporting to set definition files
- updates ProblemSetDetail.pm to handle the relax_restrict_ip field
The relax_restrict_ip function has not been well tested.
hide_score_by_problem isn't yet used.
Revision
4917 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 30 14:21:14 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Usability update: add direct edit links to list of displayed locations,
ability to delete multiple locations selected from the list.
Revision
4916 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 30 13:02:05 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Bug fix. Check for locations has to be with a non-versioned set_id.
Revision
4915 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 30 12:39:47 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Back out error checking of input data fields. This doesn't work with
the initial conversion of a set to a gateway/test assignment, because
at that point the fields have to be zero or empty.
Revision
4914 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 29 19:48:58 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
More gateway fixes/additions. This commit
- moves javascript code for gateways into htdocs/js/gateway.js,
- updates the gateway template to use that,
- updates the gateway CSS file to use Louis Zulli's workaround
for IE6 not honoring position:fixed, and adds CSS definitions
for a score reporting box for multi-page, multi-attempt quizzes,
- updates the GatewayQuiz module to print a score reporting box
for multi-page, multi-attempt quizzes,
- updates the Grades module to correctly sort problems for
GatewayQuiz assignments that have randomly ordered problems, and
- adds some error checking to ProblemSetDetail to avoid people
doing things like submitting a zero time limit for a gateway.
Revision
4913 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 29 17:42:54 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Change permission levels to display and edit levels as user roles
(guest, student, proctor, ta, professor) rather than numerical values.
Revision
4912 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 29 15:12:49 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update checkKeyfields to allow IP masks of the form [address]/[mask]
Revision
4911 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 28 19:16:06 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for centralization of set-level validity checks in Authz: check
for homework assignments being sent to the gateway content generator.
Revision
4910 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 28 18:32:11 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Follow up commit of IP address restriction code. This adds IP address
location management to CourseAdmin.pm, corrects a typo for location
address management in DB.pm, and makes ProblemSetDetail.pm prettier
when displaying locations for restrictions.
Revision
4909 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 27 20:12:14 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Second preliminary commit of changes to move set-level valid checks to
Authz. This makes ProblemSet.pm and Problem.pm use the
$self->{invalidSet} value set by ContentGenerator.pm, and means that
regular homework assignments may now be restricted to specific IP
addresses. This commit also corrects $userName/$effectiveUserName
errors I had in Authz->checkSet() and moves the actual IP address
checking to a separate subroutine in Authz. Hardcopy.pm uses that
routine to filter sets to be sure it doesn't generate hardcopies for
a IP address restricted set.
Revision
4908 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 27 17:15:19 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to clean up some code and use the ContentGenerator level check
for set validity. This update also updates indenting, standardizing
on a tab-based indent, which means that the diff will show almost all
of the code as changing. Sorry about that.
Revision
4907 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 27 17:13:31 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Preliminary commit of changes to Authz.pm and ContentGenerator.pm to
move set-level checks for set validity (set is open, published, IP
address restrictions, etc.) out of the individual ContentGenerator
modules. ContentGenerator now uses Authz::checkSet to check these
and stores any return message in $self->{invalidSet}. Individual
ContentGenerator modules can take advantage of this by checking the
value of $self->{invalidSet} that is preset (thus, this change should
be transparent for unchanged ContentGenerators).
Revision
4905 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 27 17:06:04 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Fix bug in site_check call.
Revision
4904 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 27 17:04:02 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Preliminary commit of code to restrict access to assignments by client
IP address. This commit adds the database tables for IP address
restriction, updates check_modules.pl to require Net::IP for address
matching, adds database calls in DB.pm for manipulating locations and
addresses, and adds location restriction to the set editing in
ProblemSetDetail.
This commit does not add actual restriction to sets, nor the ability
to create locations to which to restrict access.
Revision
4901 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 26 20:26:57 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replace set ID underscores with spaces, not nonbreaking spaces (for IE6)
Revision
4900 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 26 19:50:55 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix for warning when generating prettySetID
Revision
4897 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 22 22:37:52 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't up nonbreaking spaces in set names :P
Revision
4895 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 22 20:03:29 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replace underscores with spaces in set names the links menu
Revision
4894 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 22 13:50:07 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Added authentication mechanism Cosign.pm. This implements WeBWorK
authentication using cosign[1], an open-source single sign-on system
developed at the University of Michigan. This should be a reasonable
model for other modules implementing external, directory or location
based, authentication for WeBWorK.
To use cosign authentication for WeBWorK, set $authen{user_module} in
global.conf to WeBWorK::Authen::Cosign, and then configure apache to
require cosign authentication to enter WeBWorK courses. If $cosignoff
is set to a true value in the course environment, standard WeBWorK
authentication is used for that course.
Note that cosign is a cookie-based authentication system. This means
that it is between very hard and impossible to authenticate multiple
users on the same computer/web browser at the same time. Thus it is
not possible to have both $authen{user_module} and $authen{proctor_module}
set to Cosign at the same time.
Implementation:
Cosign.pm inherits from Authen.pm. It redefines get_credentials to
force password authentication, and then assumes password checks succeed.
Because cosign is a Location/Directory based apache authentication
system, by the time the user gets to the Authen module we know that she
has successfully authenticated against cosign. We also modify the
forget_verification method to return a redirect to the course environment
variable $cosign_logout_script.
[1] <http://www.umich.edu/~umweb/software/cosign/>
Revision
4893 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 22 13:39:50 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add support for external authentication systems. This is appropriate
if something like an apache directory or location based authentication
system (such as cosign, basic or digest auth) is used. In these cases,
WeBWorK may not handle the logout procedure, and we need information
from the Authentication module to determine the correct action. We
allow for the case of redirects here, but this could easily be
extended if needed.
Implementation: pre_header_initialize() checks for $authen->{redirect}
to be defined and true after calling $authen->forget_verification().
If to, we set $self->reply_with_redirect to the value of returned by
$authen->{redirect}.
This update also moves key deletion from body() to
pre_header_initialize(), so that those actions take place before any
redirect.
Revision
4892 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 22 13:35:42 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add support for external authentication systems. This is appropriate
if something like an apache directory or location based authentication
system (such as cosign, basic or digest auth) is used. In these cases,
by the time the user gets to a ContentGenerator in the WeBWorK system
she has successfully authenticated against the external authentication
system, and so if there was an error it indicates that the user was
not allowed to enter the course for some other reason. Thus, in this
case we print an error message and skip the WeBWorK login form.
Implementation:
body() checks for $authen->{external_auth} to be defined and true;
if so, only the authentication error and an informational message
about the external authentication system is printed. If undefined
or false, any authentication error is printed and the login form,
as usual.
Revision
4891 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 22 13:28:46 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Comment out residual debugging "warn" statement.
Revision
4890 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 16 00:43:46 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed message given when an executable is not found -- fixes bug #1153.
Revision
4889 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 16 00:19:38 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
accept argument "apache1" or "apache2" to control which modules to check
for. this resolves bug #1151.
Revision
4888 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 15 23:57:11 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
support for Apache::WeBWorK on the server root -- resolves bug #1150.
Revision
4887 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 15 22:08:55 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update quiz prefix for arrays. This is not a complete fix, but it
gets incrementally closer to a fix.
Revision
4886 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 15 22:08:17 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Make getAllMergedProblemVersions and getAllProblemVersions order returned
data by problem ID.
Revision
4885 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 15 22:07:37 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add export option for gateway set fields. Include time_cap in the
list of fields in the set.
Revision
4884 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 15 22:06:16 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Fix state retention when previewing or checking answers by retaining
page but not worrying about preview or answer check. Reduce PG
translation for multipage tests by only translating problems on
submission or as needed when checking. Clean up some calls to get
problems so that db->getAll... problems calls are used. Add course
logging for preview, newpage, and grading. Add "Show Past Answers"
form/button as appropriate.
Please note: there is an interesting question about the order in
which problems are logged for the case when problems on a test/quiz
are ordered randomly. In this case, the problems are logged in the
course answer_log in the order in which they appear on the test.
However, when viewing grades and student progress, at the moment
this is not the case. In the long run we probably want the grades
page to conform to the order shown in the test, while we may want
the student progress page to match the order seen in the actual
test definition. For the moment that's probably a bug.
Revision
4883 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 15 22:00:37 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add comment requested for heaven's sake.
Revision
4882 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 14 23:52:43 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
wrap message for preview. resolves bug #1147.
Revision
4881 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 14 23:38:11 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
accidental commit of "die" that i added for testing (whoops).
Revision
4880 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 14 22:50:36 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
error handler in the post-connection subroutine that sends the error to
the professor by email and also logs it to the apache log.
resolves bug #1120, sort of.
Revision
4879 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 14 17:29:49 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added check on the number of addresses in the From and Reply-to fields.
this resolves bug #1131.
Revision
4878 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 14 00:37:40 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected typo
Revision
4877 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 14 00:35:38 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added comments about working with complex variables
Revision
4875 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 13 21:18:18 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Bug fixes in implementation of hide_score and hide_work.
Revision
4874 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 13 15:46:02 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for new values of hide_score and hide_work.
Revision
4873 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 13 15:45:31 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to make hardcopy generation respect a set's hide_work setting,
allow those with permission to generate hardcopies for multiple sets
to print versioned sets.
Revision
4872 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 13 15:44:21 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to use hide_score and hide_work, adding new values and including
the new permissionLevel from global.conf. In ProblemSets.pm also fix
hardcopy selector value for gateway tests.
Revision
4871 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 13 15:42:06 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update Set.pm and UserSet.pm files to reflect more intelligible values
of hide_work and hide_score.
Revision
4870 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 13 15:40:56 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add permissionLevels entry for view_hidden_work.
Revision
4869 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 13 15:38:23 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update stanzas for modifying hide_score and hide_work columns in set
and set_user to have more intelligible names, and add a default value.
Revision
4868 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 12 19:43:06 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Better messages when no recipients are selected -- resolves bug 1130.
Revision
4867 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 11 16:11:20 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This file loads Parser.pl. It is part of a campaign to replace the term "parser object"
with MathObject which should sound more intuitive for those who are unaware of the development
history of the PG language.
Revision
4866 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 11 11:40:46 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a deprecated usage of defined(@result)
Revision
4865 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 9 21:09:02 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for gateway parameters hide_score until set due date, hide_work
until set due date, and add time_limit_cap.
Revision
4864 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 9 21:08:08 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
update to allow hide_score until set due date.
Revision
4863 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 9 21:07:35 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
add stanzas to update definitions of hide_score and hide_work in set and
userset, and to add time_limit_cap column to those tables.
Revision
4862 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 9 21:06:35 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
update hide_score and hide_work records for sets and usersets, add
time_limit_cap column to tables.
Revision
4861 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 9 21:05:37 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update set editing to allow new gateway options, fix display of options
with labels when editing for users, make more gateway parameters editable
for users, add override checkboxes for drop down menus for parameters
when editing for users.
Revision
4860 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 8 21:50:05 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Intermediate commit. This should speed up working on long multipage
tests by not translating pages that aren't on the current page unless
we're grading or checking the test.
There is still a bug in the GatewayQuiz module when dealing with
multipage, multiattempt tests, however. Management of the grading/
previewing state isn't being handled correctly, so the logic for
that needs to be reworked.
Revision
4856 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 7 18:34:55 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added documentation
Revision
4852 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 7 17:43:57 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
re-throw unrecognized exceptions
Revision
4851 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 7 17:34:42 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for new NewSQL versioning API.
Revision
4850 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 22:03:15 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add check for whether self->{login_type} is defined. I'm not sure
why this is necessary, but we get warnings when entering from
LoginProctor otherwise.
Revision
4849 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 22:02:28 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct addkey to allow for proctor grading keys, restore ordering to
listSetVersions.
Revision
4848 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 22:01:58 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for new newSQL version API.
Revision
4847 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 22:01:27 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Clean up code, completely rewrite output of test headers to simplify
logical structure.
Revision
4846 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 21:57:44 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
setting $this_set='' is unnecessary. getMergedSet returns undef in
scalar context if the record is not found. also fixed some indentation.
Revision
4845 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 01:52:26 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Documenation addition
Revision
4844 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 01:51:12 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Format fix
Revision
4843 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 01:34:16 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add some external program paths
Revision
4842 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 01:33:53 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use path to cp in course environment
Revision
4841 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 01:33:21 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
better error reporting for external program calls
Revision
4840 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 01:30:43 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
better error reporting for external programs
Revision
4839 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 5 23:06:55 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to fix scoring of multipart problems.
Revision
4838 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 5 23:06:34 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Minor updates to clean comments, some logic, and display of versioned
sets.
Revision
4837 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 5 23:05:56 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to use new newSQL versioning API. Also fixes display of correct
answers so that correct answers to a versioned set are visible if the
available attempts on the set are exhausted and the version's answer
date has been reached, but not before.
Revision
4836 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 5 23:02:13 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update sortByName() utility to allow sorting on multiple fields. This
allows sorting on set_id and version_id, which is desirable for
versioned sets.
Revision
4835 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 5 19:07:45 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replace system() calls with readpipe() calls -- arguments are escaped
and stdout/stderr are captured, and exit status is reported accurately.
Revision
4834 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 23:39:20 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Formatting changes in documentation
Revision
4833 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 23:26:12 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
More format changes to documentation
Revision
4832 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 22:50:35 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
More formatting changes.
Revision
4831 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 22:46:01 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Documentation formatting changes
Revision
4830 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 22:21:54 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove old versioning methods that are no longer used by any client code
Revision
4829 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 22:10:40 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updated documentation in response to comments from Davide.
More comments welcome. :-)
--Mike
Revision
4828 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 21:06:17 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Use this macro package to define macros for
examining the current environment. Useful for
creating problems and for debugging.
Revision
4827 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 20:58:26 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added pod documentation for these files
Revision
4826 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 20:57:00 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Correct pretty_print so that it protects for HTML output
(replaces < by <)
Revision
4825 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 20:44:37 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Correct pretty_print
so that it protects < for printing in HTML.
Replace occurences of < with < in the data
This was done with straight substitution -- perhaps a protectHTML macro should have been used?
Revision
4824 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Mar 3 00:31:14 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Only show the adaptive parameters where there actually ARE some, and
fix a typo when looking up the adaptive points when there aren't any.
Revision
4823 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Mar 3 00:17:12 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved Formula diagonstics when adaptive parameters are used. They
now allow you to graph the functions (they are no longer considered
multi-variable functions), and the values reported are the adapted
values rather then the unadapted correct answers. This now correctly
reflects the tests that are being performed.
Revision
4822 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Mar 3 00:11:28 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use zeroLevelTol values when checking answers that have adaptive parameters.
Revision
4821 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:28:52 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
explain seemingly nonsensical line of code
Revision
4820 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:26:30 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove commented-out sql_table_names hash
Revision
4819 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:25:35 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
reorder sections so that they're in the same order as the tables in database.conf
i think the database.conf order makes more sense, anyway. this will make
it easier for me to find things.
Revision
4818 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:22:28 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
confirmed a fix by gavin -- i had said "grep" when i should have said "map".
(there's no need for the grep, in any case)
Revision
4817 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:19:55 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use updated Merged.pm rather than VersionedMerged.pm
Revision
4816 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:18:04 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
updates to allow merging and versioning to interact gracefully:
- use table aliasing to be able to refer to the same table by two
different names
- call sql_field_expression to get SQLized field names (the
implementation in Versioned.pm returns a SUBSTRING(...) expression)
- use the implementations of conv_where and keyparts_to_where from the
primary table being merged (this allows Versioned.pm to provide
appropriate WHERE conditions)
- remove Gavin's change that ignores versioned tables
Revision
4815 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:12:28 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't quote table names that are scalar references, dereference them
instead
Revision
4814 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:11:42 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add sql_field_expression method to return a fully-SQLized, quoted
expression that can be used to represent the field in a field list or
WHERE clause (but not as an lvalue in a SET clause)
Revision
4813 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:09:49 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't quote table/field names in grok_*_from_vsetID_sql, do it in caller
Revision
4812 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 21:36:00 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for NewSQL new versioning API, make a lot of indenting more
uniform, make display of versioned sets that are assigned to a user
but haven't been taken better.
Revision
4811 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 21:35:13 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for NewSQL versioned API.
Revision
4810 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 21:34:54 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Finish update for weighted problems; update to make attempts_per_version
work better for number of attempts greater than one.
Revision
4809 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 21:34:12 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct listSetVersions to sort output.
Revision
4808 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 23:35:18 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Documentation additions
Revision
4807 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:47:21 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updated version of the check_modules function. This should make it easier to
add more functionality to this file.
Revision
4806 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:43:38 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Minor documentation changes.
Use html entity to represent dollar sign on the web.
Revision
4805 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:20:36 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update comments.
Revision
4804 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:20:24 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for new NewSQL database API, improve display of test/quiz
assignments.
Revision
4803 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:19:40 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update assignUseSetVersionToUser and assignProblemSetVersionToUser to
use new NewSQL API.
Revision
4802 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:18:56 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update GatewayQuiz ContentGenerator to use new NewSQL API, clean up some
comments, deal with bug where last answer would be saved when there
are no remaining allowed submissions, update to use maxAttempts == -1
instead of 0, update to try and deal with problems with weights
not equal to one (untested).
Revision
4801 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:15:24 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Updates for new NewSQL Versioned API; update listProblemVersions,
getAllProblemVersions, getMergedProblemVersion.
Revision
4800 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:11:46 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to include needed where_ conversion methods:
set_id_eq_problem_id_eq and user_id_eq_set_id_eq_version_id_eq.
Revision
4799 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:10:37 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to avoid versioned tables, which are now dealt with in
VersionedMerge.pm
Revision
4798 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:09:51 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
New Schema to support merging of versioned sets in NewSQL. This is a
horribly brutal hack that seeks to get something working until Sam
comes up with one of his gloriously elegant and sophisticated
solutions.
Revision
4797 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:07:11 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add stanzas for set_version_merged and problem_version_merged. These
exist as part of a brutal hack to get NewSQL working with versions.
c.f. DB::Schema::NewSQL::VersionMerged.pm
Revision
4796 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 27 16:16:41 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add conditional to check whether set assignment/unassignment needs to
be done before making a database call to do so. Resolves a problem I
was having with duplicate entries in set_user being created before a
database error was returned warning about duplicate sets.
Revision
4795 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 25 20:59:09 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid an infinite loop when string-values formulas are used in a List.
Allow diagonstics to work for complex-valued functions.
Revision
4794 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 24 03:09:07 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
set the z-index of the answer boxes so that the jsMath equations will
not overlap them. (Some of the TeX fonts have large depths, and this
can cause them to overlap the links and input widgets on lower
lines in some browsers.)
Also use addEventListener or attachEvent to add the onload handler
since the window.onload handler can only be used by one piece of code.
Revision
4793 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 22 17:44:31 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
THIS UPDATE BREAKS CONTENT GENERATORS: split up methods for versioned
and non-versioned sets, and added new implementations for merged
versioned sets. (i'm mainly committing this so gavin can see what i've
done and give me input.)
Revision
4792 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 22 16:43:56 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add set_version and problem_version tables, change schema for set_user
and problem_user tables.
Revision
4791 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 22 01:25:11 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
list keyfields explicitly, so that we can have the ProblemVersion
keyfields in the correct order (user_id,set_id,version_id,problem_id)
Revision
4790 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 20 22:10:09 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
restrict where clauses generated from keyparts which don't mention
either set_id or version_id
Revision
4789 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 20 19:53:47 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added keyparts_to_where wrapper for combined set_id/version_id
Revision
4788 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 20 00:07:16 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
get_fields_where*: when field list is unspecified, use all fields rather
than letting sqlabstract default to "*". (also remove unneeded
Data::Dumper import)
Revision
4787 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 20 00:05:19 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added make_vsetID_sql, fixed an off-by-1 in grok_setID_from_vsetID_sql
Revision
4786 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 20 00:04:21 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
schema-level support for a version field embedded in the set ID.
TODO:
- modify DB.pm to NOT use version/non-version specific where clause
names, and commit removal of those names from NewSQL.pm (done but not
committed yet, since we don't want to break things too badly)
- modify DB.pm to provide a completely separate suite of methods for
versioned sets/problems
Revision
4785 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 20 00:01:47 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
versioned subclasses of UserSet/UserProblem
Revision
4784 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 20 00:00:02 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove leftover debugging code (Data::Dumper)
Revision
4782 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 14 19:29:32 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Set SMTP envelope sender to $ce->{mail}{smtpSender} rather than user's
from address. This prevents some mailservers from rejecting the mail for
having a forged sender address.
Revision
4781 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 14 19:08:46 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added warning message when moodle session is not found.
Revision
4780 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 14 19:00:02 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
revert file-based mail status changes (but keep formatting fixes)
Revision
4778 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 14 18:16:46 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Set SMTP envelope sender to $ce->{mail}{smtpSender} rather than user's
from address. This prevents some mailservers from rejecting the mail for
having a forged sender address.
Revision
4776 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 12 21:35:38 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added comments about how to install the file.
Revision
4775 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 12 21:32:31 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Completely rewrote the file to use a different technique. Instead of
looking for unbeforeunload events (which didn't work reliably, since
Firefox will reload the page before it has a chance to install the
handler), we look for F5 key events and F5 ignore keydown events, but
reload the page on F5 keyup instead. This skips the autorepeating
keys and only reloads the page when the user lets go of the key. So
there is only one reload. After several autorepeated F5 keypresses, a
dialog will appear asking you to check if something is holding down
the F5 key.
Revision
4774 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 11 23:34:31 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected comment indicating time was in micro- rather than
milliseconds.
Revision
4773 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 11 04:44:27 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for uncheckable radio buttons (when JavaScript it
active). You specify an uncheckable buttons by including the
uncheckable=>1 or uncheckable=>"shift" options to the RadioButtons()
call.
Revision
4772 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 10 00:09:52 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
New macros for using Radio buttons with the new Parser
Revision
4771 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 10 00:07:50 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error with the custom list checker setting the wrong field
for the checker (OOPS!)
Revision
4770 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Feb 9 23:35:48 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implements a JavaScript solution to prevent excessive reloads by
students who prop their books on the F5 key.
Revision
4769 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Feb 9 01:13:49 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the transaction log from a course directory log to a system directory log
to work around a bug in surePathToTempFile.
this hack works around bug #1133 for now.
--Mike
Revision
4768 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 6 22:32:30 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
perliminary steps to splitting versioned and non-versioned user sets.
TODO:
- modify DB.pm to NOT use version/non-version specific where clause
names, and commit removal of those names from NewSQL.pm
- modify DB.pm to provide a completely separate suite of methods for
versioned sets/problems
- add VersionedUserSet and VersionedUserProblem records classes, make
them subclasses of UserSet and UserProblem. include fake 'version'
field.
- add boxing/unboxing routines for those record classes.
- figure out what to do about listing versioned sets/problems, since
some of the keyparts is going to be synthesized. (post-filter on
get_fields_where?)
Revision
4767 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 3 15:32:06 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed input to rungeKutta4 so that it matches the pod description --
i.e. it takes as its first argument a reference to a
subroutine defining a vectorField
as opposed to an answer hash.
Revision
4766 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 3 15:25:18 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added new permissable log files.
that can be written to.
Revision
4765 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 3 15:23:05 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Begin pod documentation.
Revision
4764 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 3 15:20:25 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added a "level" to pretty_print to prevent it from descending too far down
nested hashes. The default level is set at 3 which is probably enough for
most purposes.
Revision
4763 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 1 22:43:07 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure that something gets passed to renderProblems() for the userSet
even when a global set is being edited and it isn't assigned to any
users. Gets rid of "odd number of elements in hash assignment" errors
in renderProblems. Because renderProblems plugs in a fake set if it
gets a false value in for the userSet, sending in '' appears to solve
the problem.
Revision
4762 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 1 04:37:11 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed scommented out code and
spiffed up the documentation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision
4761 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 31 16:17:48 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added code to multi_cmp which makes it easier to debug.
We will probably want to get rid of this entirely in favor of List answers, but meantime
I'm documenting the problems.
Revision
4760 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 31 16:16:44 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added space when combining preview latex strings (foo + bar became foo\quadbar which didn't work
now its foo \quad bar which is better.
Revision
4758 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 30 21:35:28 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
alternate implementation of DelayedMailer that uses Mail::Sender rather
than Net::SMTP. This is somewhat more flexible, but currently doesn't
play well with Safe.pm. (I forget exactly how, but I have it on record
somewhere.)
Revision
4756 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 24 22:20:35 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix permission not getting set (introduced with prior changes) UGH!
Revision
4755 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 19 21:58:11 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add guestsPermissionLevel parameter
Revision
4754 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 19 21:57:57 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
formatting
Revision
4753 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 19 16:20:59 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
the parameter is called moodle17, not moodle_version
Revision
4752 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 18 21:17:10 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed warning message.
Revision
4751 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 18 20:59:16 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in defining PermissionLevels (missing s in
teachersPermissionLevel) etc.
Revision
4750 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 18 19:49:26 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed typo in "non_native"
Revision
4749 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 18 19:37:49 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed typo (calling sql->quote instead of sql->_quote)
Revision
4742 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 8 23:56:16 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed lexical redefinition warning
Revision
4741 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 8 22:51:03 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added code to display mail merge status from coursedir/DATA/mailmerge.
nothing writes/deletes the status files yet though, that is next. :)
Revision
4740 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 8 20:35:58 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Preliminary Moodle 1.7 support. There is still some work to do on this,
but I think it belongs in MAIN now.
Revision
4739 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 8 20:22:45 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add flag to set problem seed in assignProblemToUser and assignProblemToUserSet
Revision
4738 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 8 18:32:29 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed unused import of WeBWorK::DB::Utils::initializeUserProblem.
Revision
4737 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 4 00:02:49 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typos.
-- Mike
Revision
4736 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 3 23:59:02 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Gave a bit more information when the scoring data (.csv ) file doesn't exist. This gives the
user a clue as to what to name the file.
-- Mike
Revision
4735 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 3 22:47:30 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed incorrect lookup of which set to view when viewing problems
"From This Course". The problem was introduced in version 1.69.
Similar errors were also in the other viewing modes, but were
corrected for "Local Problems" in 1.70 and for "Set Definitions Files"
in 1.73.2.1 (though I have updated the latter to be consistent with
the other cases).
Revision
4733 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 1 16:20:16 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Cleaned up code, updated README.
There is still much code that needs to be factored.
Merged changes in webwork_xmlrpc_client2.pl into webwork_xmlrp_client.pl
and removed the first file.
-- Mike
Revision
4731 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 1 15:16:30 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Factoring code for the WeBWorK webservice clients
Revision
4730 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 19 22:25:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
pre-load mod_perl2 so that subsequent "use mod_perl" lines don't load
mod_perl 1. (this wasn't a problem for us, but it was for others.)
Revision
4729 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 16 14:10:12 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add a new operator // to be the same as / except its TeX form is a/b
rather than \frac{a}{b}. This makes it possible get horizontal
fractions in exponents, for example, where vertical fractions often
don't look so good.
Revision
4728 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 16 14:07:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use Perl reals rather than Parser Reals in matrix for adaptive
parameters.
Revision
4727 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 16 14:07:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed type in comment.
Revision
4726 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 14 21:46:30 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
preliminary parser for "=for WeBWorKDocs" sections containing lists of perlrefs.
Revision
4722 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 9 03:29:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use student ID for password if password field is defined but empty
Revision
4715 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 8 20:12:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
handle "added files" properly
Revision
4705 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 6 02:23:45 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't include Safe::Hole anymore
Revision
4701 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 5 23:23:07 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changes for DelayedMailer
Revision
4700 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 5 20:59:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use DelayedMailer instead of RestrictedMailer
Revision
4698 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 5 20:58:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
a stopgap solution to the PG/Net::SMTP problem
Revision
4697 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 5 20:57:53 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
move constituency_hash into Utils.pm
Revision
4696 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 5 20:56:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use croak instead of die in constructor
Revision
4695 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 17:19:30 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add hide_score and hide_work functions, allowing suppression of the
display of the score on the assignment and/or the work the student
submitted. Also updates the treatment of due and answer_date fields.
Now setting the due and answer dates to the same time will (should?)
make answers available once the test is completed (e.g., all attempts
are exhausted); setting the answer date to after the due date leaves
the correct answers unavailable until a similar time has passed from
when the test is completed. And the problem/page jump links are
cleaned up to be more concise for multipage tests.
Revision
4694 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 17:12:32 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add hide_score and hide_work fields to the homework list/editor, and to
the set definition file import.
Revision
4693 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 17:11:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add hide_score and hide_work fields to set editing. Currently these are
sequestered in the Gateway Parameters section of the edit form, because
the fields are only used by gateway/quiz assignments. In the long run
they want to be moved out to apply to assignments more generally.
Revision
4692 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 17:09:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add hiding of scores for gateway/quiz assignments with hide_score set.
Revision
4691 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 17:08:24 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct braces in eval { }. I think we can call this a typo.
Revision
4690 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 17:06:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct addUserProblem for versioned sets. This is probably a fix for a
problem that should be dealt with by addressing the issue of versioning
more globally in DB.pm. For the moment this deals with the need to check
for the existence of a problem against the non-versioned set when adding
problems to a user set version.
Revision
4689 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 17:04:03 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add hide_score and hide_work fields to the set and user_set records.
These are currently only used by gateway/quiz assignments.
Revision
4688 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 16:45:35 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add hide_score and hide_work columns to the set and set_user tables.
These are currently only used by gateway/quiz assignments.
Revision
4686 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 30 01:29:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't die when scoring file doesn't exist (fixes bug #1138).
Revision
4684 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 30 01:00:15 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
read_scoring_file: return a reference to an empty hash if filename is "None".
This satisfies SendMail.pm, which expects a hashref unless there's an error.
Revision
4683 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 28 22:29:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix moodle 1.5/6 session handling
Revision
4682 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 28 22:16:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Moodle 1.7 compatibility: This is Mike's current work on Moodle 1.7
compatibility, cross-ported from rel-2-3-exp.
Changes from:
lib/WeBWorK/Authen/Moodle.pm: 1.9 -> 1.9.2.2
lib/WeBWorK/DB/Schema/NewSQL/Moodle.pm: 1.5 -> 1.5.4.1
Revision
4680 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 28 19:12:12 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
SECURITY: tighter constraints on which macro files can be loaded without
restriction. Previously, any file that *contained* the strings PG.pl,
dangerousMacros.pl, or IO.pl would be loaded with an empty opmask.
This is the second attempt to close this hole. The previous attempt
assumed that | binds tighter than ^ and $, which is not true. (Noticed
by dpvc). It also failed to escape metacharacters in the file names.
Revision
4679 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 22:11:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added mail_answers_to3, which currently does not work, to eventually
replace mail_answers_to2, which also does not work.
I thought now would be a good time to commit this, so that others can
look at it if they like. The problem is that when RestrictedMailer is
used within a PG safe compartment, it hangs on opening the SMTP
connection and the problem times out after 60 seconds.
This mockup I made works perfectly however, and I can't see how the PG
safe compartment is different. Here it is:
my $mailer = new WeBWorK::Utils::RestrictedMailer(
params => {
from => 'sh002i@math.rochester.edu',
smtp => 'mail.math.rochester.edu',
headers => 'X-Remote-Host: 128.151.231.10',
debug => "debug.txt",
keepconnection => 1,
subject => "generic subject",
on_errors => 'die',
},
lock_by_default => 1,
allow_change => [qw/fake_from to fake_to cc fake_cc bcc/],
allowed_recipients => [qw/sh002i@math.rochester.edu sam@uofr.net/],
fatal_errors => 1,
);
my $rmailer = new WeBWorK::Utils::RestrictedClosureClass($mailer,
qw/Open SendEnc Close Cancel skipped_recipients error error_msg/);
my $safe = new Safe;
${$safe->varglob('the_date')} = `date`;
my $hole = new Safe::Hole {};
my $rmailer_wrapped = $hole->wrap($rmailer);
${$safe->varglob('TEST')}{rmailer} = $rmailer_wrapped;
my $result = $safe->reval(<<'EOF');
my $rmailer = $TEST{rmailer};
my $open_result = $rmailer->Open({
to => 'sam@uofr.net',
#subject => "this is only a test",
});
print "open_result=$open_result\n";
my $sendenc_result = $rmailer->SendEnc("Hello world, the time is " . $the_date);
print "sendenc_result=$sendenc_result\n";
$rmailer->Close;
EOF
die "reval threw an exception: $@" if $@;
Revision
4678 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 18:57:41 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
formatting, ordering
Revision
4677 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 18:37:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Add wrapped RestrictedMailer instance to PG envir.
Revision
4676 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 18:36:21 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
wrapper for Mail::Sender that restricts the arguemnts that can be passed
to various "dangerous" methods. It is designed for use with
RestrictedClosureClass and Safe::Hole.
NOTE THAT THIS CLASS DOESN'T PROVIDE SAFETY ON ITS OWN. READ THE
COMMENTS FOR MORE INFO.
Revision
4675 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 18:34:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed extra blank line
Revision
4674 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 18:32:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
eliminate useless double-assignment (which could cause a later security
issue if someone comments out the second assignment and not the first)
Revision
4673 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 04:21:59 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Moved the guts of this to pg/lib/Parser/Legacy/NumberWithUnits.pl,
since most of the code is common. This is a shell that now only
defines the FormulaWithUnits() function.
Revision
4672 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 04:20:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Abstracted the NumberWithUnits to a more general ObjectWithUnits and
moved the FormulaWithUnits to this file as well, since most of the
code is common. Although, strictly speaking, FormulaWithUnits is not
legacy code, since the general object-with-units is here, it will be
easier to maintain FormulaWithUnits here as well. When the Parser
gets a real units class, all of this can be removed.
Also fixed the unit lookup code to use the actual names from the Units
library, so we can now be more accurate about determining the extent
of the units, and can handle things like '5 kg m / s' now. In the
case of ambiguous formulas with units, e.g., '5m kg' where m is a
variable, use '5*m kg' or '(5m) kg'.
Revision
4671 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 02:01:24 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Make
Units::fundamental_units and
Units::known_units public hashes.
Revision
4670 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 00:08:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed usage comments to do formulas rather than just numbers.
Revision
4669 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 00:00:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The Units.pm library only accepts one division within the units, and
the Parser wasn't taking that into account, so students could enter
m/s/s and still get credit even if the units were m/s. This have been
fixed.
Revision
4668 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Nov 26 23:59:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Provides a formula with units (as opposed to a number with units).
This does introduce some ambiguity issues, since variable names could
look like units in some cases. E.g., s + 5 m/s could look like
(s + 5*m/s) rather than (s + 5) meters/second.
The parser will take the largest string at the end of the answer that
could be treated as units so s + 5m/s is (s+5) meters/second.
The Units.pm library requries units to be separated by * or / and
only one / is allowed, so s + 5m s is (s+5m) seconds not (s+5) m*s.
Something like 5 m/s/s will generate an error (it shouold be written
m/s*s or m/s^2), and 5 kg m/s should be written 5 kg*m/s.
[If we made the hash of known units be public rather than private in
Units, we could do a better job of this, and could treat kg m/s as
kg*m/s for example.]
Revision
4667 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Nov 26 21:58:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem where the TeX version included two copies of the units
(one in TeX mode and one from the string() output).
Revision
4666 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Nov 26 21:57:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated NumberWithUnits to use Parser::LEgacy::NumberWithUnits rather
than having a separate implementation here. This will guarantee that
it is consistent with num_cmp() and prevents unneeded duplication of
code.
Revision
4665 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Nov 26 21:28:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Didn't need to override the perl fields for the integer-only methods,
since all the checking is done in the parser.
Revision
4664 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Nov 26 21:15:24 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file implements special power operators that check for special
conditions (like no powers of 'e', or only integer powers). See the
contents of the file for documentation.
Revision
4663 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Nov 26 20:30:17 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to have additional information given when not enough
test points can be generated for a function comparison. By default,
this information is NOT shown (since it could give students additional
information about what answer is expectd). Professors can request it
by setting the 'showTestPointErrors' flag in the Context().
Revision
4662 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Nov 26 20:11:03 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow overridden Parser classes to generate error messages that the
student will see. (For formulas, error messages are trapped silently
by the overridden == and will not be seen. This lets Parser objects
force a message to be seen.)
Revision
4655 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 22 17:18:07 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error in wwassignment_gradeMethods which calculated whether a
problem was correct based on whether the number of correct answers was
greater than 0. This is inaccurate when an instructor marks a problem
correct for everyone in a class. This action changes the status to 1
but does not change the "num_correct" parameter.
The wwassignment_gradeMethods is updated to use "status" instead of
"num-correct" in determining the grade for the gradeSimple procedure.
The gradeDeductRetry method still needs modification.
Revision
4654 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 15 16:50:05 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
SECURITY: tighter constraints on which macro files can be loaded without
restriction. Previously, any file that *contained* the strings PG.pl,
dangerousMacros.pl, or IO.pl would be loaded with an empty opmask.
Revision
4649 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 13 18:05:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make default feedback button name "Email instructor" for those who don't
want to update global.conf.
Revision
4648 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 13 17:27:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
typo fix
Revision
4647 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 13 16:53:47 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
label proctor login_type with the user ID of the student
Revision
4646 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 13 16:48:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
improvements to Authen logging:
- add login_type field (normal, guest, proctor, proctor_grading)
- add initial_login field to control when success loggin occurs
- log password success/failure directly, but also log overall success or
failure at end of verify()
- add log_error field to for overall failure message
- improve wording of some error messages
Revision
4645 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 13 16:19:42 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow replacing feedback button with a link to an arbitrary URL.
Revision
4642 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 10 17:56:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
complete the fix for the undefined problibs hash problem.
Revision
4636 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 6 22:30:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
import parse_scoring_file routine (THIRD TIME'S THE CHARM)
Revision
4635 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 6 22:27:49 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
import parse_scoring_file routine
Revision
4634 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 6 22:24:49 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
accidental commit
Revision
4633 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 6 22:21:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
import parse_scoring_file routine
Revision
4626 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 3 23:35:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Made str_cmp accept blank answers again. Fixes bug #1123.
Note: if you use blank answers, the "n of the questions remain
unanswered" message will tell you how many of the answers should be
left blank. It is probably worth working out a method of having blank
entries that are only marked correct when all the other answers are
correct (this would take a special grader; I have this as part of the
weighted grader, but it is not common knowledge).
Revision
4625 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 3 23:05:37 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with checking Matrices of dimension 1 x n.
(Fixes bug 1122.)
Revision
4601 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 31 18:53:03 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add where_email_address_nonempty, remove commented-out code
Revision
4600 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 31 18:52:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove some commented-out code
Revision
4599 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 31 18:51:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add methods that expose the "where" interface of NewSQL
Revision
4598 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 31 18:46:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
standardize routines for reading scoring files, resolves bug #932.
Revision
4597 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 30 20:51:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove commented-out non-apache2-compatible code
Revision
4596 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 30 20:47:57 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
apache2 compatibility fixes
Revision
4595 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 30 20:46:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make full copy of param data for apache 2
Revision
4594 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 25 22:49:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make this work with Apache2 (i can't believe this wasn't caught earlier)
Revision
4593 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 25 15:49:00 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix box() to actually do undef=>"" conversion (oops), simplify unbox().
Revision
4592 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 25 14:25:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use fetchrow_array rather than fetchrow_arrayref in get iterator
Revision
4591 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 25 14:24:32 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add where_user_id_like()
Revision
4590 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 25 14:23:48 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add where_user_id_like(), make box() more concise, formatting fixes.
Revision
4589 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 25 14:22:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
construct from hashrefs and arrayrefs in addition to hashes and objects,
add toArray method.
Revision
4588 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 25 14:20:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add schema accessor methods (ie $db->User), make gen_new more concise.
Revision
4587 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 23 17:33:20 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add "exists" methods, remove commented-out $where vars, fix usage of
grok_versionID_from_vsetID_sql, make getUserSetVersions behave
correctly.
Revision
4586 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 23 17:32:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
needs "v" in make/grok_vsetID, move "+0" numeric cast into
grok_versionID_from_vsetID_sql, add parens.
Revision
4585 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 23 17:30:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added where_versionedset_user_id_eq_set_id_eq_version_id_le
Revision
4584 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 23 17:29:52 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
override _order_by to allow passthrough of literal SQL via scalar refs.
Revision
4583 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 23 11:43:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure \cdot is only used for a numeric right-hand part (finishes
fix of bug 1114).
Revision
4582 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 23 11:38:14 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use \cdot when a number is followed by a numeric fraction.
(Fixes bug 1114.)
Revision
4581 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 20 16:33:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
This script is for use on the annoyingly-corrupted tmon.out files that
Devel::DProf generates when Safe compartments are used. It escapes
nonprintable characters and spurrious newlines.
Revision
4580 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 19 17:37:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
change the way where_* subs are called, bugfixes.
Revision
4579 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 19 17:35:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
move moodle session table access routines to Authen::Moodle.
Revision
4578 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 18 01:45:04 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Update to version 3.3g:
* When the AMSsymbols extension is loaded, the \mathbb macro is now
changed to use the blackboard bold characters that are in the msbm
font. (In the past, this would occur when the msbm font is first
loaded, but the change should be made right away, since a use of
\mathbb should cause the msbm font to load if it isn't already.)
* Fixed a bug introduced in version 3.3f that causes tex2math (when
used with autoload) to cause MSIE/PC to stop processing display
mathematics in some situations.
* Fixed problem with \longmapsto that caused gaps between the
characters that form the arrow. Also worked around a problem with
Firefox that caused \mapsto to lose its vertical tick at the
left-hand end of the arrow.
* Fixed a problem with autoload where multiple calls to tex2math could
cause tex2math to convert \$ to $ and then later try to interpret
the $ as a start-of-math delimiter, even though it was previously
escaped.
* Reorganized the autoload plugin so that jsMath.Autoload.Run() no
longer needs to be called. In the past, autoload would use tex2math
to look for text that needs to be converted to SPAN and DIV tags of
class "math", but would not convert them itself. Now that autoload
has settings to control what tex2math functions will be performed,
there is no need to put off the conversion, so autoload now does the
tex2math conversion immediately. The
jsMath.Autoload.findMathElements variable is no longer needed, and
so has been depricated.
* Fixed a problem with tex2math where two escaped dollars in a row
would not be processed properly (the second would not be treated as
escaped, and so could be treated as a start-of-math delimiter).
Revision
4577 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 17 23:42:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this schema module is used for both the password and permission tables.
Revision
4576 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 17 23:42:00 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed a problem where users with no groups or no groups in this course
were excluded from listings. use _course_members_query() from Moodle.pm
to get userids_subquery.
Revision
4575 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 17 23:40:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
slightly nicer constructor
Revision
4574 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 17 23:40:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
moved function that generates and SQL statment listing the userids in
the current course, added a function that does the same for groupids.
Revision
4573 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 17 23:39:14 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
slightly nicer constuctor
Revision
4572 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 17 23:38:45 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
utility bind() method which fills in bind values
Revision
4571 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 13 21:43:47 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with function checking when vars are specified with
limits and the vars are not in alphabetical order. (The Parser expects
the limits and test points to have coordinates specified in
alphabetical order, so they need to be reordered if the author has
them in another order.)
Revision
4570 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 13 20:37:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
completed NewSQL::Moodle::User module -- seems to work well
Revision
4569 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 12 22:04:04 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
first crack at NewSQL-based Moodle::User module... kinda cool, really...
Revision
4568 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 12 22:02:52 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
yet more where clause abstractions (annoying but necessary :P)
Revision
4567 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 11 16:16:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove unused functions (left over from GDBM days)
Revision
4566 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 11 16:15:50 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove unused reference to findDefaults
Revision
4565 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 10 18:18:53 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
move creation of sql object into init_sql method (cf Merge.pm)
Revision
4564 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 10 18:16:17 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove null implementations of n/a oldapi methods, random cleanup.
Revision
4563 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 10 18:15:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
nice error messages for unimplemented API methods
Revision
4562 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 10 15:45:11 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Catch errors which get thrown by other filters.
Revision
4561 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 10 10:58:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem where ShowPast Answers would incorrectly includes
answers for students whose login name have the current student's login
name as a suffix. (Fixes bug #1102)
Revision
4560 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 21:21:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
mark set_merged and problem_merged as non-native
Revision
4559 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 21:18:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add set_merged and problem_merged "tables" to do in-database merging.
Revision
4558 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 21:17:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this is the log message for the last version (v1.80): sweeping changes!
PLEASE NOTE THAT VERSION 1.80 AND LATER OF DB.PM WILL NOT WORK WITH
MOODLE UNTIL I UPDATE THE MOODLE SCHEMA MODULES (which should happen
soon).
WARNING: VERY EXPERIMENTAL CHANGES. DO NOT USE ON PRODUCTION SITES.
MAKE A BACKUP OF YOUR DATA BEFORE USING.
replaced ad-hoc argument checking with calls to checkArgs and
checkArgsRefList. this makes the code much more concise and readable.
no longer checking for existence before adding a field -- instead catch
a RecordExists exception which is thrown by NewSQL classes. this will
speed inserts of slightly.
added count* methods for all tables.
switch to using newer NewSQL methods where they'll be more efficient or
readable.
generally regularize code -- resolve indentation problems, get rid of
extraneous empty lines, etc.
rewrote getMergedSets, getMergedProblems, and getAllMergedUserProblems
to use NewSQL::Merged (via set_merged/problem_merged "tables"). The new
merge method (which is done completely withtin the database) is more
than three times as fast for normal merging and more than seven times as
fast for getAllMergedUserProblems.
Revision
4557 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 21:01:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
4556 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 20:20:35 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
lots o' fixes
Revision
4555 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 20:19:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
FIELD_DATA() returns a reference to the field_data hash
Revision
4554 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 20:18:52 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add a transformation function that acts on fields, whether or not
they're qualified with a table name.
Revision
4553 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 04:35:05 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
pretty logging!
Revision
4552 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 04:33:16 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't turn on tracing -- we're doing out own debugging in each schema
module now :)
Revision
4551 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 5 19:44:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add RecordExists exception: schema modules should throw this exception
if a conflicting record exists on insert.
Revision
4550 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 5 19:44:04 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
explicitly turn PrintError off
Revision
4549 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 5 19:43:33 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
newsql module for accessing "merged" records as if they existed in a table
Revision
4548 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 5 19:43:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
newsql-based module for accessing standard webwork SQL tables
Revision
4547 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 5 19:42:44 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this file is now the base class for newsql-based schema modules
Revision
4546 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 5 11:10:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bad check for if the complex number is 1 (caused reduce to
incorrectly remove the complex number when used in multiplication).
Revision
4545 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 2 17:05:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
put user methods first (in same order as dblayout tables in database.conf)
Revision
4544 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 2 16:59:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove spurrious use lines for Record classes
Revision
4543 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 2 16:32:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixes to index structure.
* the prefix lengths on keyfield indexes is now 255, the length of the field.
* the index that contains all three keyfields is now a UNIQUE KEY
* psvn is no longer the PRIMARY KEY, now a UNIQUE KEY (and it's the
second UNIQUE KEY, after the user_id/set_id one)
also, made wwdb_upgrade a little easier to maintain by not hardcoding
version numbers into the @DB_VERSIONS structure.
Revision
4542 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 2 15:05:14 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
alphanumeric keyfields TINYBLOB NOT NULL instead of BLOB for UNIQUE indexing.
check for table existence before doing something with that table.
Revision
4541 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 2 15:04:27 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
alphanumeric keyfields TINYBLOB NOT NULL instead of BLOB for UNIQUE indexing.
Revision
4540 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 19:41:36 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
update sql_moodle to reference remaining routines in sql_single
Revision
4539 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 19:39:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use $db->rename_tables for course renaming, remove addCourseHelper,
deleteCourseHelper, copyCourseDataHelper and associated infrastructure.
still have to do something about archive/unarchive -- they are not only
mysql specific, but they rely on the database being local, on the
default port, and named "webwork". :P
Revision
4538 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 19:37:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
table renaming support
Revision
4537 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 19:03:00 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
propagate errors during module preload
Revision
4536 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 19:02:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove reference to FileXfer
Revision
4535 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 16:52:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use $db->create_tables and $db->delete_tables, check for dblayout
existence even if we're using the default dblayoutname, make regex and
error message match for course id checking, removal of "sql" specific
information from POD, formatting fixes, additional warnings about bad
course existence checking code.
Revision
4534 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 16:49:47 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add create_tables and delete_tables methods
Revision
4533 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 16:49:08 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove partially finished and sometimes incorrect POD :(
Revision
4532 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 16:47:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
drop_table becomes delete_table (don't want to use SQL terminology
exactly...). don't refer to $self->{record} or $self->{driver} in the
main code, only in the helpers at the bottom. (this might help us with
subclassing for moodle... maybe...)
Revision
4531 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 14:54:35 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add create_table and drop_table methods, small cleanups.
Revision
4530 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 28 23:42:32 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
incorrectly set type of set_user.status column to INT; should be FLOAT.
if you ran wwdb_upgrade after the last commit, you lost the decimal
portions of any status values. thanks to gavin for noticing.
Revision
4529 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 28 22:48:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
change key.timestamp type to BIGINT and problem_user.status type to INT.
Revision
4528 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 27 17:15:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem where a zero with units would me marked as "not looking
like anumber with units".
Revision
4527 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 26 15:57:41 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove several useless "use Data::Dumper" lines
Revision
4526 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 26 15:43:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
null-to-empty-string translation. this is necessary right now, but
ultimately undesirable.
Revision
4525 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 26 15:01:50 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
SQL::Abstract subclass that allows transformation of SQL identifiers. it
overloads the _table and _quote methods to allow different
transformation routines for table names and column names. the
transformation routines themselves are specified by the new
"transform_table" and "transform_field" parameters to the constructor
that take coderefs.
used by NewSQL to implement tableOverride and fieldOverride.
Revision
4524 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:56:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
a new, much more flexible implementation. should be a drop-in
replacement. please test.
Revision
4523 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:41:37 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
set DBI trace level from dbLayout "debug" param. this can be a little chatty...
Revision
4522 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:40:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
generate record class methods from a single field data table at compile
time. generate real accessors/mutators rather than using an autoload.
this should speed up record access significantly.
Revision
4521 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:35:05 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use a single username/password for connecting to the SQL database. this
means that only one DBI handle is created instead of two, and the
Driver's connect/disconnect methods are no-ops.
Revision
4520 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:27:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
another false start :(
Revision
4519 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:26:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
dymanically generate newRecord subroutines at compile time -- they're
identical except for their names and the tables they access, so they
might as well be generated. slightly more compile-time overhead,
no-to-negligible impact on runtime speed.
Revision
4518 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:14:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
tons of "DBFIXME" notes -- how to make database access more efficient
Revision
4517 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:02:34 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
it was not a good idea to put a literal ASCII NUL in this file.
Revision
4516 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 21:44:07 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added small fixme note
Revision
4515 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 16:10:36 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: be more aware of undefined fields for gateway parameters.
I don't think this should be an issue, but saw a case where an "undefined
value in subtraction" error was being returned; hopefully this will
provide some level of protection against that.
Revision
4514 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 16:05:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: report tests graded in the grace period after the due
time as having been completed at exactly the maximum allowed time.
Thus, if a test allows 20 min and there is a grace period (defined in
global.conf) of 2 min, a test submitted after 21 min will be reported
here as having been completed in 20 min, not 21. This avoids some
confusion for instructors who aren't aware of the grace period.
This update doesn't have any effect on the presentation of non-
versioned sets.
Revision
4513 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 22 16:36:57 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make ijk mode use the TeX definitions from the i, j and k constants as
defined in the context, if they exist, otherwise fall back on the
defaults.
Revision
4512 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 21 22:08:49 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix problem with formula comparisons involving vector-valued formulas.
The coordinates for the vectors used in checking equality were plain
Perl reals rather than Parser-based reals, and so the comparisons were
being done using exact rather than fuzzy comparisons.
Revision
4511 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 20 23:38:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make a more sophisticated unit check so that it will handle things
like "3ft / s" (that don't have a space before the units).
Really need to make a units class for the Parser.
Revision
4510 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 20 21:50:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed unit checking so that units can include spaces (like 4 ft /
min). Also fixed a problem where units were not being reported as
part of the student's entered answer.
Revision
4509 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 18 21:31:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
superceded by ProblemSetDetail.pm
Revision
4508 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 18 21:23:57 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replaced by FileManger.pm a while ago
Revision
4505 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 18 20:02:17 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
parse a cvs commit log email and generate "cvs up" commands to merge the
changes into the current working copy. (all this does is looks for the
"diff" commands and pulls the filename and version numbers out of it.)
Revision
4504 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 18 18:04:11 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use before/after/between from Utils.pm
Revision
4503 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 18 18:03:50 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
move before, after, and between subroutines here from Problem/GatewayQuiz
Revision
4501 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 22:09:36 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed support module for deleted sql dblayout
Revision
4500 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 22:02:37 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
move contents of CGIDeleteParams.pm to CGI.pm. This removes a level of
indirection that's no longer necessary, and fixes importing.
Revision
4499 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 21:46:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
no longer used -- see CGIDeleteParams
Revision
4498 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 21:44:17 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove unused $db lexical
Revision
4497 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 19:03:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
strictify
Revision
4496 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 19:03:29 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use /usr/bin/perl instead of /usr/local/bin/perl
Revision
4495 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 17:53:34 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
didn't mean to commit that.
Revision
4494 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 17:53:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make importing actually work in runtime_use. previously, symbols were
being imported into the bogus package "Main", and there was no way to
specify an import list.
Revision
4493 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 14 16:47:42 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Had an error in the new CSS specification, which is fixed here.
Revision
4492 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 14 16:06:59 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updates for version 3.3e:
* Fixed a problem with how the cookie data is stored for the control
panel (special characters were not being escaped, which causes
difficulties with some browsers).
* Fixed a bug where jsMath would not determine the em-size correctly
in text blocks where the text-indent was set to a non-zero value.
* Added some CSS styles to try to isolate the jsMath control panel
from changes that might be caused by CSS settings from the main
page. (Page authors who set styles that affect the jsMath panel may
want to add additional CSS rules to reset those within #jsMath_panel
in order to make the panel continue to look correct.)
* Added \newline as an alternative to \cr and \\.
* Added a new help file explaining the missing font messages and how
to address them.
Revision
4491 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 13 23:40:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
precompile many modules at server start time. this allows more compiled
code (parse trees, bytecode, etc.) to be shared among child processes,
and speeds child start time, since that compilation has already been
done in the master process.
you may want to turn this off for development, since it makes the server
take a really long time to start.
Revision
4490 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 12 17:07:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
indentation fixes: the outdenting of section headers was making this
file really hard for me to read, so i indented them all.
Revision
4489 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 12 17:06:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow empty last field to be present when reading classlist
Revision
4488 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 22:23:45 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow matrices to set their own templates (instead of using "c" for
all columns), and handle missing open and close delimiters better.
Revision
4487 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 22:21:49 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow the _check subroutine to affect the {isConstant} field.
Revision
4486 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 20:34:41 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add more erorr checking, get settings from global.conf.
Revision
4485 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 20:33:27 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add ldap options
Revision
4484 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 20:22:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added missing ")" to log message
Revision
4483 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 17:13:32 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed so this works with MSIE now.
Revision
4481 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 16:39:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
parse "cvs status 2>&1" output and show changed/out-of-date files
Revision
4480 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 16:39:03 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
get version from command line, don't upload to SF automatically
Revision
4467 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 10 01:59:19 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Second attempt to trap the stderr output of bsdtar.
Revision
4466 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 9 22:09:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Map Moodle groups to WeBWorK sections and recitations
A section is a group that begins with the prefix SEC_
all other groups are recitations.
Revision
4465 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 9 01:40:30 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use shell_qupte and readpipe to handle tar commands, and include
stderr in the output so that we can report the correct number of files
archived via bsdtar.
Revision
4464 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 9 00:22:13 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add parenthesis around ijk vectors for string concatenation.
Revision
4463 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 8 21:01:19 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway debug: correct code allowing multiple problems to be drawn
from the same problem group. I think this is correct now (the original
code I wrote was odd enough that it's not at all clear what I was
thinking...).
Revision
4462 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 8 20:28:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update to Hardcopy: correct generation of hardcopies including
student solutions to allow the correct answers to be shown before the
due date if the student has used up all attempts on the set.
Revision
4461 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 8 20:16:19 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
skip non-directories. prune empty directories in cvs update.
Revision
4460 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 8 19:53:21 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
backport (sh002i): better defaults for problem library settings.
Revision
4458 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 8 14:20:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port (sh002i): promote empty or missing statuses to the default
status before importing
Revision
4455 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 7 17:03:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
set default courses dir to /opt/webwork/courses, remove "oldProf" URL
Revision
4454 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 7 01:18:08 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to overrid TeX and perl versions by specifying a TeX or
perl field in the variable definition. Also made vector-valued
variables show up in bold.
Revision
4452 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 6 18:18:30 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
filter out students without "include_in_email" behavior - bug #938.
Revision
4450 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 6 16:25:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed bug #1057 -- read_set_def was getting the wrong param passed to it.
Revision
4449 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 6 14:31:42 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
backing out of accidental commit.
Revision
4448 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 5 16:49:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
somehow this got lost
Revision
4443 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 5 16:27:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
re-adding courses.dist to just HEAD and rel-2-3-dev branches (see below)
i'm re-adding this directory using "cvs add" rather than by copying it
from "courses" in the repository. this avoids having it show up in older
release branches. the downside is that we lose the version history, but
i don't think that's a big problem.
Revision
4441 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 5 16:00:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removing courses directory (please read)
i originally moved the courses directory to courses.dist, to preserve
file history, but this wasn't the right strategy, since it caused the
courses directory to disappear from older branches as well. so i copied
it back to courses, and then used "cvs remove" to delete its contents.
so, it will hopefully exist in rel-2-2-dev and earlier releases, but not
in rel-2-3-dev or HEAD.
Revision
4437 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 1 17:41:24 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
webwork2 and pg dirs are in /opt/webwork by default now
Revision
4435 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 1 17:28:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
disable test CG
Revision
4428 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 1 14:17:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replaced unicode literals with code points.
Revision
4427 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 1 14:16:36 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make logfile names more regular
Revision
4426 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 31 20:17:27 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove incorrect "close(FILE)" -- left over from WW1 probably.
Revision
4425 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 31 01:30:13 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected an error in update_instances that prevented the calendar from updating when
the due date of webwork set was changed. (One brace was out of position.)
You may still need to edit the Webwork link in moodle pointing to the problem with the
newly changed date before the calendar will recognize the change.
Revision
4424 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 29 11:14:28 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Check routine can now return an array rather than an array reference.
(This requires pg/lib/Value/AnswerCheckers.pm to be at least version 1.80).
Revision
4423 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 29 11:12:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow cmp_compare to return an array of answers, if requested (needed
by parserMultiPart.pl).
Revision
4421 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 26 23:05:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added local time zone to values which can be configured from within a course.
Revision
4420 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 26 17:42:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed addres of link for ClasslistFileFormat to point to the more complete descrition on the twiki
Revision
4417 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 26 16:55:12 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
only recognize comments that start at the beginning of a line. this
reduces the changes that a "#" in a field, will cause a real line to be
truncated. (it's unlikely that the student ID will start with a "#".)
yeah, i know the real solution is to use escaping.
should-be-backported-to-rel-2-3-dev
Revision
4416 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 26 12:56:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem where blank status in classlist.lst was not interpreted as enrolled.
Squashes bug 1058
Revision
4415 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 26 12:33:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
made the definition of $auxiliaryFilesExist more robust. This fixes bug 1056 and related bugs
Revision
4413 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 25 19:43:37 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this file hasn't been used in a long time
Revision
4412 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 25 18:47:47 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update of ProblemSetEditor; add problems_per_page verbiage.
I think this is moot, given that (barring an interpretive error
on my part) this file isn't being used, but hopefully it is at least
now consistently moot rather than inconsistently so.
Revision
4411 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 25 18:42:27 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update of ProblemSetDetail: add some sensible defaults
for gateway parameters, remove confusing labels.
Revision
4410 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 25 18:40:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update of problemsetlist; add problems_per_page fields,
allow input via problemsPerPage = N in set.def files.
Revision
4397 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 24 21:16:41 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
restrict PG access to ImageGenerator object using RestrictedClosureClass
(prevents problem code from monkeying with paths, viewing passwords,
calling methods other than add() and other bad stuff)
Revision
4395 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 24 21:07:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Added class to protect objects from evil prying problem code.
Uses the closure-as-object technique to protect the self hash of the
underlying object from problem code. All that the problem code sees is a
blessed coderef. The coderef is a closure over the underlying object and
the list of allowed methods. You can invoke the coderef directly, with
the name of the method to invoke as the first argument, but the class
also provides an AUTOLOAD routine that calls the coderef for you, so you
can continue to use the class as usual.
Revision
4394 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 24 00:08:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add License
Revision
4393 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 24 00:00:15 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to version 3.3d (adds a plugin for use with pages that emply
small fonts so that the substricts don't disappear; fixes a problem
with heights being improperly computed in fallback modes; fixes
several problems with Konqueror)
Revision
4392 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 23 23:53:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Initial version
Revision
4391 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 23 20:14:34 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file helps WW manage the browsers windows that it opens. The
current approach is to use a separate window for the Problem Editor
and a third window for viewing the problem when you test it. This is
fine, except that if you use the navigation links in the editor, those
pages will open int he editor window, and this can mean the editor
window is used for non-editing functions. Worse, if you click on an
"Edit it" link in this window and expect a new one to open, you will
be surprised to see it appear in the current window.
This javascript file makes the editing window work as it was intended:
clicking on the navigation links opens those pages in the ORIGINAL
window again, not the editor window, so the editor window will be used
only for editing. It also uses the main window for viewing the
problems, so there are only two main windows now. This should
simplify the editing of problems.
To use this file, add
<script src="<!--#url type="webwork" name="htdocs"-->/js/ww-windows.js"></script>
to the .template file that you are using just before the </body> (not
that it must be at the END of the page, or it may not work properly).
This will also fix a problem with Firefox where the editor window
woudl not come to the front if it already exists and inot the
front-most window.
Revision
4390 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 22 19:00:04 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make links to the Problem Editor in the links menu at the left target
the WW_Editor window, just like other "Edit it" links.
Revision
4389 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 22 18:37:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make the target for the "Show Past Answers" window be WW_Info so that
it is named in a similar way to the other windows used (WW_Editor,
WW_View). This reduces possible classes with other sites using the
more generic "information".
Revision
4388 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 19 23:31:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed the problem I pointed out at MathFest where some errors were not
being reported in the traditional num_cmp() function. (Things like
'x+3' in a numeric field would not be reported as an error and x would
be treated as 0). This is due to a change in version 1.14 when Sam
was normalizing the error reporting code; he didn't notice that warn
had been rerouted to die in PG_answer_eval(). I have replaced it.
Revision
4387 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 18 00:13:50 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added for LaTeXMathML mode.
Revision
4386 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 17 23:55:17 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added LaTeXMathML mode.
Revision
4385 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 16 01:42:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Report the objec type better in parser error messages.
Revision
4384 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 16 01:41:02 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed spelling errors in error messages.
Revision
4383 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 16 01:40:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem where Set objects could incorrectly complain about the
parentheses (braces) used to declare the set.
Revision
4382 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 16 01:37:28 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug where substituting values into a Formula object would not
be cleaned up properly (so later actions could incorrectly include the
same substitution).
Revision
4381 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 19:34:14 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
move bridge creation to mod.html -- that way, the bridge is created the
first time someone asks to create a webwork set. this allows us to
provide the create/administer ww course links right away. cleanup,
formatting. the bridge creation is actually done in
_wwassignment_ensureBridgeExists in lib.php.
also, i hate php.
Revision
4379 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 18:24:44 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow partial URLs in appletPath -- these get the server_root_url
prepended to them.
Revision
4378 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 18:24:05 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
applet path can now contain partial URLs, which will have the root URL
of the local server prepended to them by findAppletCodebase.
Revision
4377 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 18:21:52 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make course title and institution optional
Revision
4376 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 18:15:11 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
pass server_root_url into safe compartment.
Revision
4375 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 18:14:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use apache_root_url from course env. for absolute urls in system link
Revision
4374 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 18:14:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
seed the course env. with hostname, port, ssl status, and root URL.
Revision
4373 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 18:13:13 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove huge license headers
Revision
4372 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 17:25:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't attempt to output db_version if it's undefined, don't double-space
output quite so much.
Revision
4371 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 17:23:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't check course if user says no.
improved status messages.
ignore non_native tables.
allow conversions from TEXT->INT by first converting to VARCHAR(255)
Revision
4370 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 12 15:44:03 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't need separate code for initilization -- we can just set db_version
to 0 and run through all the upgrade steps normally. since there are no
courses, only the global updates will run, which is fine.
Revision
4369 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 11 21:51:28 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make this compatible with wwdb_upgrade
Revision
4368 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 11 21:50:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use mysql depths table by default for images mode.
assume that the depths table is in the main webwork database.
removed a couple of extra blank lines.
Revision
4367 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 11 20:52:15 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
newer version in conf/snippets/setHeader.pg
Revision
4366 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 11 20:51:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
no need for warning about symlinks -- the symlinks are no longer included
Revision
4365 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 11 18:47:21 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this script uses a db_version value to run upgrade code to incrementally
bring the database up-to-date with the current version of webwork. it
can also detect and empty database and initialize it with any system
(non-course) tables (like the depths table) and initilize an up-to-date
db_version value.
Revision
4364 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 9 21:21:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
check against "database version 0", the db structure during 2.2.x. this
utility is designed to be used ONCE when upgrading from 2.2.x to 2.3.0,
and then all future updates will be handled by wwdb_upgrade. at some
point, i may reinstate the ability to check against the current version,
but at this point it's not necessary.
Revision
4363 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 9 14:32:14 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
append "1;" to these files, to satisfy Apache2.
Revision
4360 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 8 18:38:08 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
remove "Fall 2003" from default set header
Revision
4359 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 8 16:09:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove vestigal gdbm/global_user related stuff.
Revision
4358 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 8 16:06:13 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed vestigal gdbm code
Revision
4357 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 8 16:03:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed vestigal gdbm/sql options. fix how dblayout radio buttons are
generated, so that the default layout or selected is selected correctly.
Revision
4356 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 6 18:48:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
change how the html table rows are computed so that only visible fields
are looked at. (pretty sure this works. could use some more testing
though.)
Revision
4355 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 5 03:36:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove mention of GDBM courses.
Revision
4354 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 5 03:21:10 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove more instances of GDBM-related code
Revision
4353 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 5 02:53:50 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove vestiges of GDBM database support
Revision
4352 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 5 02:53:19 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow user to continue if an sql statement fails.
Revision
4351 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 5 02:15:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
more experiments
Revision
4350 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 5 02:10:49 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add comments indicating that empty strings are stored as null in the DB.
(this is left over from GDBM days, where there was no such thing as an
undefined/null value. at some point, we will make a distinction, at
which time it will become possible to override a value with an empty
string.)
Revision
4342 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 17:26:42 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this goes along with WWDBv3 and should be removed as well
Revision
4339 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 17:03:32 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this didn't pan out -- i'm finally deleting it
Revision
4338 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 17:02:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove this, since it doesn't solve the right problem.
Revision
4337 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 17:01:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove CGIParamShim request hack, since CGIParamShim is not the solution
Revision
4336 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 16:29:07 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
get rid of Apache2::compat line -- should no longer be needed
Revision
4335 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 16:28:48 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
clean up webservice access, add my WeBWorK::RPC module,use PerlModule
lines rather than eval "use ..."; die $@ if $@;
also comment out $ENV{WEBWORK_ROOT} by default -- it's only necessary if
webservice modules are being used
Revision
4334 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 16:14:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use port range 9000-9999 for apache2
Revision
4333 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 16:13:48 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add SSL directives
Revision
4332 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 15:20:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz update: improve timer, update error messages when overtime,
maybe some other minor changes I can't think of.
Revision
4331 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 15:19:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz CSS update: minor change to try and address IE CSS display
errors.
Revision
4330 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 15:16:47 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz: update gateway.template to debug alert popups when problems
are previewed or when switching betwee